159. How Activate Recommended Plugin Installation?
160. General Setup
161. Section Reorder Management?
162. Flossy Lite Background Image Setup
163. Blog Setup Frontpage2 Section?
164. I bought shopient Pro theme but got Storely Pro theme, Why ?
165. How to Make Product Image 360 Degree View?
166. Blog Page Setup?
167. Mega Mart Pro Header Image Setup
168. How to Install Ayroma Free Theme?
169. Pet Bazaar Pro FAQ Page Setup
170. Pet Bazaar Pro Contact Page Setup
171. Mega Mart Lite Typography Setup
172. Retailsy Free – Demo Import Setup
173. Flossy Lite Typography Setup
174. Mega Mart Pro Theme Setup
175. Flossy Lite Footer Setup
176. Flossy Pro Special Product Setup
177. Flossy Pro Team Setup
178. Mega Mart Pro Testimonial Setup
179. I bought Feauty Pro theme but got Aromatic Pro theme, Why ?
180. How Can Change Stock Badge Label?
181. How to Manage Blog Section?
182. Flossy Pro Refund Policy Page Setup
183. Typography Management?
184. Retailsy Free – Header Navigation/Menu Setup
185. Sales Info Section Setup?
186. How to Add Product Sale Timer?
187. Retailsy Premium – Header Topbar Setup
188. Slider Setup Frontpage3 Section?
189. How to download the premium package and activate the license key after purchasing premium?
190. Mega Mart Pro Deal Three Products Setup
191. Flossy Pro Sponsor Setup
192. Flossy Lite Site Identity Setup
193. Mega Mart Pro WooCommerce Setup
194. How to Manage Product Grab Section?
195. Flossy Pro Deals of the Day 2 Setup
196. Flossy Pro Header Image Setup
197. Flossy Lite General Setup
198. Mega Mart Lite Header Setup
199. Flossy Lite Latest Product Setup
200. How to Manage Slider Section?
201. Flossy Pro WooCommerce Setup
202. Retailsy Premium – Demo Import Setup
203. Theme Color Setup?
204. Image Zoom Magnifier Setting?
205. Popular Product Section Setup?
206. Blog Setup Frontpage3?
207. How Manage Page Breadcrumb and Page top Scroller?
208. How Make Compare Page?
209. General Setup?
210. Flossy Pro Blog Setup
211. Upload Header Images?
212. Flossy Pro Latest Product 2 Setup
213. Mega Mart Pro Brand Setup
214. Retailsy Free – 3 Banner Box Setup
215. Mega Mart Lite Info Setup
216. Flossy Pro Header Setup
217. Flossy Pro About Us Page Setup
218. Flossy Lite Theme Setup
219. Product Grid Section Setup Frontpage2?
220. Flossy Lite Widget Setup
221. After I changed the slider image, why the image is it appearing smaller?
222. Pet Bazaar Pro Widget Setup
223. Retailsy Premium – Info Box Setup
224. Contact Page Setup?
225. I bought Shoply Pro theme but got Storely Pro theme, Why ?
226. Flossy Pro Privacy Policy Page Setup
227. Best Deal Section Setup?
228. Pet Bazaar Pro Footer Setup
229. Footer Setup?
230. How to Setup Super Mart Theme ?
231. Flossy Pro Terms & Conditions Page Setup
232. About Page Setup?
233. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 5 Setup
234. Can i Add Product Video?
235. How to Add Storely Wishlist?
236. How Add Custom Related Product?
237. Custom Section Frontpage2 Section?
238. EMI Module Setup?
239. Mega Mart Pro Header Setup
240. Pet Bazaar Pro Style Configurator Setup
241. Flossy Pro Latest Product 3 Setup
242. How to Add Sale Popup on My Website?
243. Pet Bazaar Pro About Page Setup
244. Mega Mart Lite Colors Setup
245. Flossy LIte CTA Setup
246. Can I change the label and link of the Need Help button?
247. Product Grid Section Setup Frontpage3?
248. Custom Section Frontpage3 Section?
249. Flossy Pro Service Setup
250. How to Add Aromatic Wishlist?
251. Flossy Pro FAQ Page Setup
252. Mega Mart Lite Widget Setup
253. Install Retailsy Free WordPress Theme
254. How Add Custom Related Product?
255. Flossy Pro 404 Page Setup
256. Blog Setup in a Frontpage?
257. Flossy Pro CTA Setup
258. Mega Mart Pro Footer Marquee Setup
259. Flossy Pro Contact Page Setup
260. Mega Mart Pro Background Image Setup
261. Service Section Setup?
262. Flossy Pro Slider Setup
263. Blog Page Setup?
264. Flossy Lite Blog Setup
265. Flossy Pro Testimonial Setup
266. Mega Mart Pro Product Three Setup
267. Flossy Lite Product Setup
268. Mega Mart Lite Banner Setup
269. How Manage Custom Section?
270. Flossy Pro Blog 3 Setup
271. Header Section Setup For Aromatic and his Child Themes?
272. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 2 Setup
273. Flossy Pro Menu Setup
274. Privacy Page Setup?
275. Retailsy Premium – 3 Banner Box Setup
276. Retailsy Free – Blog /Post Setup
277. How to Manage Frontpage2 Slider Section?
278. Retailsy Premium – Homepage/Frontpage Setup
279. How to Make Info Section?
280. Retailsy Free Header Topbar Setup
281. Product Section Setup?
282. I bought Feauty Pro theme but got Aromatic Pro theme, Why ?
283. Storely Theme Installation
284. Flossy Pro Blog Post Setup
285. Mega Mart Pro Typography Setup
286. Mega Mart Pro 404 Page Setup
287. Deal of the Day Section Setup Frontpage2?
288. How to Manage Slider Section?
289. How to Add Free Shipping Bar?
290. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 4 Setup
291. Testimonial Section Setup Frontpage2?
292. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 1 Setup
293. Flossy Pro Blog 2 Setup
294. Deal of the Day Section Setup Frontpage3?
295. Mega Mart Lite General Setup
296. Flossy Pro Custom Setup
297. How to Customize Header Section?
298. Mega Mart Lite Background Image Setup
299. Mega Mart Pro Info Setup
300. Product Section Frontpage Section2?
301. Info Section Setup Frontpage2?
302. Pet Bazaar Pro Menu Setup
303. How to Add Product Sale Timer?
304. Flossy Lite Blog Post Setup
305. I bought Storess Pro theme but got Storely Pro theme, Why ?
306. Flossy Pro Footer Setup
307. Retailsy Premium – Browse Category Setup
308. Flossy Lite Header Setup
309. Retailsy Premium – Slider Setup
310. Pet Bazaar Pro General Setup
1. Flossy Pro Sponsor 2 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Sponsor 2 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Sponsor 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Sponsor 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor 2 Section.
Here, you can manage Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to add the Sponsor Image in Sponsor 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To add the Sponsor Image in Sponsor 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor 2 Section.
Here, Open the Sponsor Toggle to add Sponsor Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Sponsor Columns in Sponsor 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sponsor Columns in Sponsor 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor 2 Section.
Scroll down until you find the Select Column dropdown, then open it.
From here, you can adjust the number of Sponsor Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
2. Flossy Lite Header Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Image of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Header Image in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Image in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header Image.
Here, you can manage the Header Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
3. Retailsy Free – Slider Setup
1. How To Manage Slider Section?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpages Section => Slider Section
You Can manage Slider Section title, subtitle and Button from Customizer.
And Also In Content you can see a Upload Image option click on that Upload Image select or drag your image then click on Insert post your image will be post.
2. My Slider Is Showing Blur Foggy?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpages Section => Slider Section
when you are selecting a image in Add media you have to select image size full size (1920px X 960px) then click on Insert into post.
4. Mega Mart Pro Category Product Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Category Product Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Select Column ,Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Category Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
5. Flossy Pro Testimonial 2 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Testimonial 2 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Testimonial 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage Section Title & Description in Testimonial 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Testimonial Section 2.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Background Image in Testimonial Section 2 ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image in Testimonial 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Testimonial 2 Section.
Here, In the Background Image Section you can manage Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Client's name , subtitle, description & image in Testimonial 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Client's name , designation , description & image in Testimonial 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Testimonial 2 Section.
Here, Open the Testimonial Toggle to manage Client's name , subtitle, description & image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
6. How to Slider Setup for Front Page Section?
We have given a very easy Customizer setting, using which you can easily setup the slider.
Front Page Section
Slider Setup
=>>How to Manage Slider Content?
You will login to your site and follow the location
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Content =>> Slide, After Click Slide menu Fill Title, Subtitles, Description, Buttons Label, and Links & Choose Background Image Upload 1st Box, Upload Second Box Sub Image, Click you Can Delete Slide and Click Add New Button Add New Slides Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Images on Slider
=>>Can I Manage Slider Content Color?
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Slider Colors =>> Select Title, Subtitle, Price, Description Color Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
7. Exclusive Product Section Setup Frontpage2?
Login to Your Site, go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage2=>> Exclusive Product Section =>> Enter Section Title, Select the Column you Want to Show, Select The category of products you want to show, and Select No of Products Display then Click Publish Button for Save Your Changes.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
8. Flossy Pro Homepage Templates and Sections Overview
In this article, you’ll learn which sections are available in each of the Flossy Pro homepage templates. Use this guide to help you select the right template for your site's needs.
What is a Homepage Template ?
A Homepage Template is a predefined layout that arranges various sections on the homepage. Flossy Pro offers multiple templates, each with different section configurations to suit your site's needs.
What is a Section?
A Section refers to a specific part of your homepage, like the Blog section, Product section, or Sponsor section. These sections can be customized within the Flossy Pro theme.
In the following section, we will explore how the homepage sections are arranged in each of the Flossy Pro homepage templates. This will help you understand the structure and choose the template that best suits your requirements.
Homepage Template 1
Slider Section
Banner Info Section
Latest Product Section
CTA Section
Service Section
Sponsor Section
Testimonial Section
Deals of the Day
Trending Product Section
Banner Info 2 Section
Blog Section
Homepage Template 2
Slider Section
Sales Info Section
Latest Product 2 Section
Sponsors 2 Section
Testimonial 2 Section
Banner Info 3 Section
Deals of the Day 2 Section
Blog 2 Section
Trending Product 2 Section
Sales Info 2 Section
Homepage Template 3
Slider Section
Special Product Section
Info Section
Offer Section
Latest Product 3 Section
Sponsor 3 Section
Testimonial 3 Section
Deals of the Day 3 Section
Blog 3 Section
Team Section
Category Section
Summary
Each Flossy Pro homepage template offers a unique arrangement of sections, allowing you to customize your site's layout to meet specific needs. Whether you're prioritizing product displays, blog posts, or testimonials, you can select the template that best aligns with your goals. Refer to this guide whenever you're unsure which template to use, and keep in mind that the right template can enhance your site's functionality and visual appeal.
9. How to Add Sale Popup on My Website?
You can easily add sale popups to your website through the settings provided by Sellerthemes.
Following Some Steps:-
Login Your Site, Dashboard, Aromatic Options=>> View More=>> After Clicking View More Button, Showing Sale Popup Settings Fill Like Given Screenshot and Click Save Setting Button.
10. How to install Aromatic Premium Theme Woo commerce Theme ?
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>>
Appearance =>> Themes =>> Add New =>> Upload Theme
Your pc Location and Installand activate it.
Note:- To get premium package you login to website and view your download history and download package.
The package has also been sent to you by mail after purchasing the theme, you can also download it from.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
11. Mega Mart Pro Product Category Filter Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product Category Filter Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Product Category Filler section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20584/
Reminder : Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Product One section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Product Category Filter Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Category Filter Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Category Filter Section.
Select the Product Categories you want to show in this Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
12. Flossy Lite Colors Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Colors of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Color of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Color of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Colors.
Here, you can manage Background Color of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
13. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 3 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Frontpage 3 of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slide Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slide Align & Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide Subtitle, Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slider Align & Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide Subtitle, Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slide Align & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slider Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Slider Section.
Open the Slide toggle and scroll down until you see the Subtitle Color/Color2 and Description Color/Color3.
Adjust the colors as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Slider Section.
Here, you have to scroll down till you see the Autoplay ? & Slider Speed option.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Autoplay ? is checked if you want to enable the Autoplay.
(4) How to manage the Select Column ,Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Category Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Banner Content in Banner 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Content in Banner 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Banner 2 Section.
Open the Banner2 toggle to manage the Banner content such as Title , Subtitle , Description , Button Label & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Feature Product Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Feature Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(8) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Deal Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(9) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Deal Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(10) How to manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Call To Action Section.
Here you can manage the Call To Action content such as Title , Description , Text , Image & Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(11) How to manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Funfact Section.
Open the Funfact toggle to manage the Funfact content such as Title , Description & Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(12) How to manage the Column and Background Image in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column and Background Image in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Funfact Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column & Background Image option.
From here you can manage the Column and Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(13) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Trending Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(14) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Trending Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
(15) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal of the Day Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal of the Day Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Deal Of The Day Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(16) How to manage the Select category , No of Products Display & Description Words Length in Deal of the Day Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select category , No of Products Display & Description Words Length in Deal of the Day Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Deal Of The Day Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Select category , No of Products Display & Description Words Length.
Click Publish when you're done.
(17) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Testimonial Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(18) How to manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Testimonial Section.
Open the Testimonial toggle to manage the Testimonial content such as Title , Subtitle , Description & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(19) How to manage the Column in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Testimonial Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column dropdown to manage the Columns .
Click Publish when you're done.
(20) How to manage the Blog Content in Blog Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Blog Content in Blog Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Blog Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Blog Content such as Section Title , Subtitle ,Select Category for Blog , Select Column , No of Blog Display & Excerpt More.
Click Publish when you're done.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide : https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20412/
(21) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Gallery Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Gallery Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Gallery Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section title and Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(22) How to manage the Gallery Image in Gallery Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Gallery Image in Gallery Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Gallery Section.
Open the Gallery toggle to manage the Gallery Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(23) How to manage the Sponsor Image in Sponsor Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sponsor Image in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 3 > Sponsor Section.
Open the Sponsor Toggle to managethe Sponsor Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
14. Flossy Pro Style Configurator Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Style Configurator of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Website Layout and Set Preset Background Image in Page Layout ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Website Layout and set a Preset Background Image in Page Layout in Style Configurator, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Page Layout.
Here, you can choose the Website Layout between Full Width or Boxed .
Below that, you’ll find the option to set a Preset Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to add the Custom Background Image and Custom Background Color in Page layout ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Custom Background Image and Custom Background Color in Page Layout, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Page Layout.
Scroll down until you see the option to Add Custom Background Image and Add Custom Background Color.
Here, you can add Custom Background Image or Custom Background Color of your Choice.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Theme Color in Style Configurator ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Theme Color in Style Configurator, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to In Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Theme Color.
Here, select the Color Type: either Prebuilt Color or Custom Color.
Prebuilt Color: Choose from pre-made color schemes for the theme.
Custom Color: Create your own color scheme by selecting the Primary and Secondary colors.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Front Pallate in Style Configurator ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Front Pallate in Style Configurator, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to In Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Front Pallate.
Here, you can choose whether to display the Front Palette or not by enabling the checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
15. Trending Product Setup?
=>> How to Add Trending Product Section?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Frontpage =>> Trending Product
01Step:- Enter Your Section Title
02 Step:- Click a 1st Checkbox on Manage Trending Filter Category Hide/Show
03 Step:- Click a 2nd Checkbox on Manage Trending Filter Category Images Hide/Show
04 Step:- Assign the category of the product you want to appear in this section
05 Step:- Select No of Products Display You Want
Then Click Publish Button Save Your Changes.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
16. How to Make Product Size Chart?
=>> How to Create Size Chart?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Size Chart=>> Add New =>> Make New Chart Following Screenshot Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage Size Chart Settings?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Storely Options=>> Size Chart =>> Click View More Button Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
17. How to Customize Header Section?
How to Upload Logo?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Upload Logo And if you want to show text logo then write your content in Site Title, tagline.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Upload Site Icon?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Upload Site Icon.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Header Contact Details and Icon?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header =>> Support =>> Click Check and Manage Hide/Show and Enter Icon Code ja-customer-support and Content Manage Section.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Login, and header Button?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, goto Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header =>> Login=>> Click Check and Manage Hide/Show and Enter Link Text ja-secure-payment and Link and and Enter Button Label.
18. Flossy Lite Menu Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Menu of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Menu from Dashboard ?
Before we move forward, it's important to note that menus can be added in two primary locations within our theme: the Header and the Footer. We will first explore how to manage the menu in the header, followed by instructions for the footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, you will find various options for managing your menus. We will discuss these options in detail below.
Setting Up Your Menu
To set up your menu, follow these steps:
In the Menu Name field, enter a title of your choice for the menu.
Select Primary Menu by checking the checkbox.
Click Create Menu when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Save Menu when you're done to apply your changes.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the footer menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, in the Menu Structure section, enter a title of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Create Menu button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
(2) How to manage Menu from Customizer ?
Just like in the Dashboard Menu, you can also create menus in the Customizer for both the Header and Footer. We will first learn about managing the Header menu and then the Footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Primary Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Publish when you're done.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the Footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing menus of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress menus, please refer to this article: https://codex.wordpress.org/WordPress_Menu_User_Guide.
19. Retailsy Premium – Header Setup
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Click on Header => Site Identity
In site identity, you can add a logo and you can set logo width accordingly.
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Click on Header => Header Navigation
If You want to Manage and Customize Right side header Navigation Area.
As You can See In Given below Image how can you manage header Navigation Area From Customizer.
20. Homepage Setup as a Frontpage
You can Set as Homepage as a Frontpage Following in two very easy Steps.
Step 1:- Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Pages =>> Add New Page=>> Enter Page Title, Select Page Template " Homepage" Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Homepage Setting
Here you can choose what’s displayed on the homepage of your site. The options are:
Go to Setting =>>Reading =>>Select a Static page Check Box> Select Home> And Click save change Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Thanks Reading this Article
21. How to Assign Home as a Front age?
Create a Page Enter Name Home?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go-to Pages =>> Add New Enter Page Title " Home " Save your Changes Click Publish Button.
Assign Home as a Front Page?
Login to your WordPress Dashboard, go to setting =>> Reading
Select a Static Page Then Choose Home and Click Save Change Button.
22. Flossy Pro Deals of the Day Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Deals of the Day Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Title , Deal Name , Price and Button Label in Deals of the Day section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Deal Name , Price and Button Label in Deals of the Day section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day.
Here, you can manage Title , Deal Name , Price and Button Label
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Product Image and Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Image and Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day.
Scroll down until you see the Product Image and COUNTDOWN section.
Here , you can manage Product Image and Countdown Timer.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Countdown Timer.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
23. Retailsy Free Header Setup
1. How to Change Site identity From Customizer?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Click on Header => Site Identity
In site identity, you can add a logo and you can set logo width accordingly.
2. How Can i Change Site Icon From Customizer?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Click on Header => Site Identity
In site identity, you can Add or Change Site Icon Setting.
As You Can See in Given Below Image.
3. How Can I Change Or Customize Header Navigation?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Click on Header => Header Navigation
If You want to Manage and Customize Right side header Navigation Area.
As You can See In Given below Image how can you manage header Navigation Area From Customizer.
24. Slider Setup
How to setup slider?
We have given a very easy Customizer setting, using which you can easily setup the slider.
Front Page Section
Slider Setup
=>>How to Manage Slider Content?
You will login to your site and follow the location
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Content =>> Slide, After Click Slide menu Fill Title, Subtitles, Description, Buttons Label and Links & Choose Background Image Upload 1st Box, Upload Second Box Sub Image, Click you Can Delete Slide and Click Add New Button Add New Slides Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Images on Slider
=>>How to Manage Slider Animation and Typography Color?
You will login to your site and follow the location
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Content=>> Add Slides In and Out Animation, Select Slide Color and Manage Change Slider Text Color Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
25. Mega Mart Pro Marquee Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Marquee Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important Note : The Marquee Section is not available in Theme 1. To customize the Marquee, please ensure that Theme 2, Theme 3, or Theme 4 is selected. To know how to select the theme please refer to this Article : https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20588/
(1) How to manage the Marquee content in Marquee Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Marquee content in Marquee Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Marquee Section.
Open the Marquee toggle to manage the content.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Sliding Direction in Marquee Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sliding Direction in Marquee Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Marquee Section.
Open the Sliding Direction dropdown the choose the direction.
Click Publish when you're done.
26. Flossy Pro Widget Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Widget of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the WIdgets from Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets
On the Widgets pages ,you can add widgets by simply dragging and dropping them into various areas such as the Header Widget Area, Footer, Sidebar, and more.
Once you have added your desired widgets to the appropriate areas, click Save to apply the changes.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the WIdgets from Customizer ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Widgets > Footer Widget.
You will find two widget areas in the theme: Header Widget Area 1 and Footer 1. Choose either by simply clicking on the area.
Once you've reached here, click on the Add a Widget button.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select a widget of your choice by clicking on it.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: When adding Widgets from the Customizer, you may not see all available widget areas, such as the Sidebar Widget Area, WooCommerce Widget Area, and others. To access all widget areas, we recommend adding widgets directly from the Dashboard for a complete list of options.
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product One Section of the Mega Mart Free theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Title , Subtitle , Time ,Button and Section title in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Banner One Content in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner One Content in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER ONE Section.
From here you can manage the Banner One Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Banner Two Content in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Two Content in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER TWO Section.
From here you can manage the Banner Two Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Filter Tab and Select Category in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Filter Tab and Select Category in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
After reaching here scroll down until you see the CONTENT Section.
Enable the Hide/Show Tab to display the Filter.
From the Select category options , you can choose which Categories you want to show.
Click Publish when you're done.
28. Exclusive Product Section Setup Frontpage3?
Login to Your Site, go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage3=>> Exclusive Product Section =>> Enter Section Title, Select the Column you Want to Show, Select The category of products you want to show, and Select No of Products Display then Click Publish Button for Save Your Changes.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
29. Pet Bazaar Pro Header Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Section of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Logo, Site Title , Tagline and Logo width in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Logo, Site Title, Tagline and Logo Width in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Site Identity.
Here, you can manage the Logo, Site Title , Tagline and Logo Width.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Display Site Title and Tagline is checked if you want to display the Site Title and Tagline.
(2) How to manage the Site Icon, Site Title, and Site Description Font Size in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Site Icon, Site Title, and Site Description Font size in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Site Identity.
Scroll down to the Site Icon section to manage the Site Icon.
For the Site Title and Description, scroll to the TYPOGRAPHY section below the Site Icon, where you can adjust the Font Size.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Above Header Layout in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Above Header Layout in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
From here, you can choose the layout for your Above Header.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Above Header Sections in Header Section ?
The Above Header Sections offer two options for customization. You can either choose Widget, allowing you to add a widget to these sections, or select Custom, which enables you to insert your own custom content. Below, we’ll guide you through both methods step by step.
(a) Managing Above Header Sections by Selecting Widget
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Above Header Sections by selecting Widgets in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
You will see all three Above Header Sections available for management, labeled as Section 1, Section 2, and Section 3.
Open the dropdown menu under each section and select Widget.
The widget you’ve added to the Header Widget Area will now appear in the Above Header Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : If you haven’t already added Widgets to the Header Widget Areas, they won’t appear in the Above Header Sections. Ensure you’ve added the widgets first. If you need guidance on how to manage widgets, please refer to our article on :
(b) Managing Above Header Sections by Selecting Custom
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Above Header Sections by selecting Custom in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
You will see all three Above Header Sections available for management, labeled as Section 1, Section 2, and Section 3.
Open the dropdown menu under each section and select Widget.
A text box named Section 1 Custom will appear, where you can add your own custom content.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Header Navigation Icons & Button in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Navigation Icons & Button in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Here, you can manage the Header Navigation Icons such as COMPARE , MY ACCOUNT , BUTTON , WISHLIST , CART & CONTACT by enabling or disabling them using the Hide/Show checkbox.
To manage the Header Navigation Button, first enable the Hide/Show option, then enter your preferred button name in the Button Label field.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Contact Area contents in Header Navigation in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Area contents in Header Navigation in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT Section.
From here you can manage the Contact Area contents such as Icon , Title & Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Contact Area.
(7) How to manage the Browse Section Contents in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Browse Section Contents in Header Navigation in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Browse Section.
Here, you can manage the Browse Section Contents, such as the Title, Select Category, and the number of categories to display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(8) How to manage the Menu Title in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Menu Title in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Browse Section.
Under Menu Title, you can manage the title as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: This Menu Title setting will only apply to devices with a screen width smaller than 992px. On devices with a width of 992px or greater, the menu title will not be displayed.
(9) How to manage the Product Search in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Search in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Browse Section.
Scroll down until you see the PRODUCT SEARCH heading.
From here you can manage the Product Search content such as Placeholder Static Text,Placeholder Dynamic Text ,Slider and Select Category
Use commas after each Category name to make a Slider in Product Search.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Search Bar and the Search Bar Category.
(10) How to manage the Sticky Header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sticky Header in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Sticky Header.
From here you can manage the Sticky Header by Enabling or Disabling the Chekckbox
You can also add a Sticky Header Logo here; however, please note that the Sticky Header Logo is only available for Homepage 3, Homepage 4, and Homepage 5.
Click Publish when you're done.
30. Pet Bazaar Pro Header Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Image of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Header Image in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Image in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header Image.
Here, you can manage the Header Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
31. Mega Mart Pro FAQ Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the FAQ Page of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to create a FAQ from Dashboard ?
Before managing FAQs in the Customizer, you'll need to first create FAQs in the Dashboard. Follow these steps to add new FAQs:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
Navigate to FAQ > Add New FAQ.
On the Add New FAQ page, you can:
Add a Title for your FAQ.
Enter the Description (the content of the FAQ).
Organize your FAQs by assigning Categories.
Once you've filled out the necessary information, click Publish.
(2) How to manage the FAQ Categories , Section title , Section subtitle , Section description and Button Label in FAQ Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the FAQ Categories , Section title , Section subtitle , Section description and Button Label in FAQ Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > FAQ Page.
Here, you can manage the FAQ Categories , Section title , Section subtitle, Section description and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
32. Info Section Setup?
=>> How to Add Info Title & Description and Link?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Info Section=>> Content=>> Enter Title, Description, Link Now Change the Title.
. Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I use an image instead of an icon?
Yes, You Can follow this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Info Section =>> Select Your icon and image
and add a link then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Image
=>> Can I Manage Info Column?
Yes You Can follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Info Section=>> Select Column=>> Select Prebuild Column settings then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
33. Retailsy Premium – Blog/Post Setup
1.How to Create New Blog Post?
Go to WP Menu => Post => Click on Add New Post
First go, to Go to WP Menu => Post => Click on Add New Post
from there you can post article.
Add title and description, you can add more by clicking on the ( + ) icon.
Add an image by clicking on the featured image.
create categories by clicking on Category and creating tags by clicking on tags].
2. How to assign Blog page as post page?
Go to WP Menu => Settings => Reading => Click on Reading => Reading Settings
Assuming you already have a page named “Blog”, for the Front page display, select “A static page” and choose your “Blog” page as the Posts page.
34. FAQ Page Setup?
Login Site, Go to Dashboard Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> FAQ Page=>> Select FAQ Category and No of product Display Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
35. Demo Import
You need to install required plugins before importing premade demos
=>> How Install Requred Plugins?
Login Your Wordpress Dashboard, Go to Appearance =>> Install Plugins =>> Install & Activate it.
=>> One Click Demo Import?
Before Import Demo, Confirm that the One Click Demo Import plugin has been installed and activated
Go to Appearance=>> Premade Demos=>> Click Import Demo Data Button
Not:- Demo Importing process will take some time. Kindly be patience.
Please sit tight while we import your content. Do not refresh the page or hit the back button.
36. Privacy Policy Page Setup?
Login Site, Go to Dashboard Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Privacy Policy Page=>> Select Category and No of product Display Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
37. Footer Widget Setup?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Footer Widget Area =>> Click ADD Pluse Icon and add Widget then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
38. Mega Mart Pro Contact Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Contact Page of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Contact Content in Contact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Content in Contact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Open the Contact toggle to manage the Contact Content such as Title , Text , Text 2 , Text 3 , Text 4 & Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Enable the Section.
(2) How to manage the Background Image in Contact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image in Contact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
From the Background Image , you can set the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Contact Form Section ?
Before understanding how to manage the Contact Form Section, let's first learn how to create and generate the shortcode for the Contact Form.
Creating Contact Form and Generating Shortcode
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create a contact form and generate a shortcode, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Contact > Add New.
On the Add New Contact Form page, you can add the title of the form, manage the form labels, etc.
Click Save when you're done.
After saving the new form, a shortcode will be generated. Copy it, as it will be required in the Customizer when managing the contact form section.
Note: The shortcode for a new form will only be generated once you have saved the new form, so make sure to save the form first.
Reminder: You can't create a form and generate a shortcode without installing and activating the Contact Form 7 plugin, so make sure to install and activate this plugin.
Tip: If you are unfamiliar with Contact Form 7 and its features, please go through this link to learn more about this plugin: Contact Form 7 Plugin.
Managing Contact Form Section
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Form section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT FORM SECTION. From here, you can manage the title and add the shortcode that you generated in the Dashboard.
Once the shortcode is added, the contact form will appear on your site.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Marquee Section in Contact Form Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Marquee in Contact Form Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the MARQUEES SECTION.
Enable the Hide/Show checkbox to display the Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Client Review Background Image in Client Reviews Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Client Review Background Image in Client Reviews Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the CLIENT REVIEWS SECTION.
From the Background Image option you can set the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Enable the Section.
(6) How to manage the Office Timing Content in Contact Map Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Office Timing Content in Contact Map Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT MAP SECTION.
From the Section Title , you can manage the Section Title.
Open the Day Time toggle to manage the Office Timing content such as Title and Subtitle
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Enable the Section.
(7) How to manage the Map in Contact Map Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Map in Contact Map Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the Map Content.
Open the Map toggle to manage Map content such as Title , Subtitle , Text , Link , Text 2 , Image Type , Image and Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(8) How to manage the Background Image and Newsletter Content in Newsletter Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image and Newsletter Content in Newsletter Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the NEWSLETTER Content.
From the Background Image option you can manage the Background Image.
You can also manage the Newsletter Content such as Title , Description , Placeholder Text and Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Enable the Section.
(9) How to manage the Background Image in Awards Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image in Awards Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the AWARDS Content.
From the Background Image option you can manage the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Enable the Section.
(10) How to manage the Award Content in Awards Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Award Content in Awards Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the Award toggle.
Open the toggle to manage the Award content such as Title and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
39. EMI Module Setup?
To create an EMI model, you first need to create an EMI category such as Credit Card, Debit Card, No Cost EMI Etc.
=>> How to Create EMI Category?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, EMI=>> Category =>> Create New Category Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Create EMI?
Yes, You Create an Easily EMI Module for Your Website, following this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, EMI=>> Add New =>> Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage EMI Basic Settings?
Yes, We have given basic and popup settings of the EMI module from which you can easily manage following this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Aromatic Options=>> EMI Popup =>> Click View More Button =>> Basic Setting=>> Manage EMI Settings Then Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage EMI Popup Settings?
Yes, We have given basic and popup settings of the EMI module from which you can easily manage following this Article
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Aromatic Options=>> EMI Popup =>> Click View More Button=>> Basic Setting, Manage EMI Settings Then Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
40. How Manage Exclusive Product Section?
How to Manage Info Section Hide/Show, Section Title, and Category?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Exclusive Product Sections Click the Check box and Manage Hide/show, Enter Section Title, and Select the category whose products you want to show here.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
41. Pet Bazaar Pro Colors Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Colors of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Color of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Color of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Colors.
Here, you can manage Background Color of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
42. Mega Mart Lite Blog Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Blog Section of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20570
(1) How to manage the Section Title & No. of Blog Display in Blog Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & No. of Blog Display in Blog Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & No. of Blog Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
43. Testimonial Section Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Testimonial Section =>> Content =>> Enter Title, Name, Designation, Description, Link, Upload Image, If you want to delete the Testimonial box click on the delete Testimonial line and if you want to increase the Testimonial box then click on add new tab then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
44. Mega Mart Pro Product One Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product One Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Product One section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20584/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Product One section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Title , Subtitle , Time ,Button and Section title in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Banner One Content in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner One Content in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER ONE Section.
From here you can manage the Banner One Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Banner Two Content in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Two Content in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER TWO Section.
From here you can manage the Banner Two Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product One Section.
After reaching here scroll down until you see the CONTENT Section.
From here you can manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No.of Product Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
45. Pet Bazaar Pro WooCommerce Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the WooCommerce of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the WooCommerce option won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Store Notice.
Here, you can manage the Store Notice.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Enable store notice is checked if you want to display the Store Notice.
(2) How to manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Catalog.
Here, you can manage various Product Settings such as Product Style selection, what to display on the Shop Page, what to show on the Product Category Page, how products should be sorted, Products per row, Rows per page and Related Product Column.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Fly Cart in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Fly Cart in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Fly Cart.
Here, from the Device Visibility dropdown option, you can choose the visibility of the Fly Cart by selecting Show on All Devices, Hide on All Devices, etc.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Zoom Magnifier in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Zoom Magnifier in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Zoom Magnifier.
After reaching here, open the Zoom Window Position dropdown and select between Right Side or Inside.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Product Images in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Images in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Images.
Here, you can manage various Product Images settings such as main image width, thumbnail width, and thumbnail cropping.
Click Publish when you're done.
46. Mega Mart Pro Deal One Products Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Deal One Products Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Deal Content in Deal One Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Deal Content in Deal One Products Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage >Deal One Products Section.
Open the Deal1 to manage the Deal content such as Title , Subtitle , Button and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
47. FAQ Page Setup?
=>> How to Craete FAQ Page in Page Template?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Pages =>> Add New =>> Select Page Template " FAQ "=>> Add FAQ Category Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Craete FAQ Questions?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, FAQ =>> Add New =>> Select FAQ Category Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Craete FAQ Category?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, FAQ =>> FAQ Category =>> Add New=>> Enter Category Title Here Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Customize FAQ Settins?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> FAQ Page=>>
1. How to Add Title?
Go to Appearance>Customizer>Page Template>FAQ Page>Enter Title and Click Publish Button.
2. How to Hide/show FAQs Category?
Go to Appearance>Customizer>Page Template>FAQ Page>Content>Click Checkbox and Manage Category Filter Hide/show and Click Publish Button.
3. No of FAQ Display in Category?
Go to Appearance>Customizer>Page Template>FAQ Page>Enter as many FAQs as you want and Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
48. Mega Mart Pro Product Four Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product Four Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Product Four section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20584/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Product Four section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Title , Subtitle , Time ,Button and Section title in Product Four Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title in Product Four Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Four Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Banner One Content in Product Four Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner One Content in Product Four Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Four Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER ONE Section.
From here you can manage the Banner One Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Banner Two Content in Product Four Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Two Content in Product Four Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Four Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER TWO Section.
From here you can manage the Banner Two Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product Four Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product Four Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Four Section.
After reaching here scroll down until you see the CONTENT Section.
From here you can manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No.of Product Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
49. How to Install Aromatic Free Theme?
Login
Your Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Themes =>> Add
New and search for Aromatic.
Install and activate it.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
50. Flossy Pro Trending Product 2 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Trending Product 2 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Trending Product 2 section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20233/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Trending Product 2 section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Trending Product 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Trending Product 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Trending Product Section 2.
Here, you can manage Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Trending Product 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Trending Product 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Trending Product 2 Section.
Here, you can select the product categories you want to display.
Use the No of Products Display Slider to manage how many products are shown.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to display the Tab.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
51. How to Setup Daily Mart Theme ?
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the latest Daily Mart Theme of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Setting up the Daily Mart theme in Mega Pro is simple since the primary differences lie only in the Theme Type. Let’s walk through these steps:
Setting Up Theme Type
Before proceeding, ensure you’re logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Set up the Theme Type, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Themes > Themes.
Here select the Third number Theme
Click Publish when you’re done.
52. Mega Mart Pro Product Two Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product Two Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Product Two section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20584/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Product Four section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Title , Subtitle , Time ,Button and Section title in Product Two Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title in Product Two Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Banner One Content in Product Two Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Two Content in Product Two Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER ONE Section.
From here you can manage the Banner One Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Banner Two Content in Product Two Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Two Content in Product Two Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER TWO Section.
From here you can manage the Banner Two Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product One Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product One Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
After reaching here scroll down until you see the CONTENT Section.
From here you can manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No.of Product Display
Click Publish when you're done.
53. Pet Bazaar Pro Child Theme Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Child Theme of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
What is a Child Theme ?
A Child Theme is a WordPress theme that inherits its design, features, and functionalities from a parent theme. It allows you to make modifications without affecting the main (parent) theme, ensuring your changes are safe from updates.
In our Pet Bazaar Pro theme, there are two Child Themes: Paw Bazaar and Pet Store. Below, we will understand the difference between Paw Bazaar and Pet Store.
Differences Between Paw Bazaar and Pet Store
The Paw Bazaar and Pet Store child themes differ mainly in design, color schemes, and some sections. Both offer a unique style but are built on the same foundation of Pet Bazaar Pro. You’ll notice changes in homepage layouts, color options, and section arrangements, allowing you to choose the one that best fits your site’s branding.
Now that we’ve covered the differences between Paw Bazaar and Pet Store, let’s see how to set up both themes.
(1) How to Setup Paw Bazaar Theme ?
Setting up the Paw Bazaar theme in Pet Bazaar Pro is simple since the primary differences lie in the Homepage Template and Color Scheme. Let’s walk through these steps:
Setting Up the Homepage Template
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Setup the Homepage Template, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Pages > All Pages.
Locate your Homepage or Front Page from the list of pages.
Click on Edit to Quick Edit (or use Quick Edit for faster changes) .
In the Template dropdown menu, select Homepage 2.
Click Save when you're done.
Setting Up Theme Color
To Setup the Theme Color , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Theme Color.
Under Color Type, select Custom Color.
In the Primary Color section, enter the color code as #f07900.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to Setup Pet Store Bazaar Theme ?
Setting up the Pet Store theme in Pet Bazaar Pro is simple since the primary differences lie in the Homepage Template and Color Scheme. Let’s walk through these steps:
Setting Up the Homepage Template
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Setup the Homepage Template, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Pages > All Pages.
Locate your Homepage or Front Page from the list of pages.
Click on Edit to Quick Edit (or use Quick Edit for faster changes) .
In the Template dropdown menu, select Homepage 4.
Click Save when you're done.
Setting Up Theme Color
To Setup the Theme Color , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Theme Color.
Under Color Type, select Custom Color.
In the Primary Color section, enter the color code as #f6ab4a.
Click Publish when you're done.
54. How to Add Homepage Setup as a Frontpage?
You can Set as Homepage as a Frontpage Following in two very easy Steps.
Step 1:- Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Pages =>> Add New Page=>> Enter Page Title, Select Page Template " Homepage" Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Homepage Setting?
Here you can choose what’s displayed on the homepage of your site. The options are:
Login Site, Go to Dashboard, Setting =>> Reading =>> Select a Static page Check Box> Select Home And Click save Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
55. Retailsy Premium – WooCommerce Complete Setup
If You Want to Complete Setup Woocommerce For Retailsy Premium Theme.
You Just Need To Follow Some Steps : –
First You Need To Install & Activate Woocommerce Plugin.
Note : –Please Check if you Have Already installed & Activated Woocommerce Plugin.
2. Now If You Want to Import Product Just Follow Some Easy Steps : –
Go to => WP Menu => Products => All Products => Import
Click on Import Button As Given Below Image.
Now You Need To Choose CSV File.
When You Upload Required File.
Click On Checkbox Button.
Note :- Please check if you already have existing product name, And if you want to overwrite products then click on checkbox.
After Then Scroll on the Bottom of The page As Given In Below Image And Click On Run the Importer Button to Continue Import process.
When you click On Run importer Button You redirect on Importing Process Page.
Note : – It May takes Some time so be patients Don’t go back or refresh the page.
Now Your Product List Import Successfully.
Now Click on View Product Button to check your Product List on product Page.
3. If You Want to Add Product Mannually From WordPress Dashboard.
Follow some steps :-
Go to => WP Menu => Products => Add New
After Add Product click to Publish.
56. Mega Mart Pro Style Configurator Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Style Configurator of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Theme Color in Style Configurator ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Theme Color in Style Configurator, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Theme Color.
Here, select the Color Type: either Prebuilt Color or Custom Color.
Prebuilt Color: Choose from pre-made color schemes for the theme.
Custom Color: Create your own color scheme by selecting the Primary and Secondary colors.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Front Pallate in Style Configurator ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Front Pallate in Style Configurator, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Front Pallate.
Here, you can choose whether to display the Front Palette or not by enabling the checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
57. Custom Section Setup?
=>> How to Change Custom Section Title?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Custom Section=>> Title=>> Enter your title then click publish Button.
=>> How to Customize Custom Section Content?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Custom Section=>> Content=>> Click Edit Tab Enter Customize Text then click publish Button.
58. I bought Ayroma Pro theme but got Aromatic Pro theme, Why ?
Nothing to Worry About it, Ayroma Pro Theme is an Aromatic Child Theme, You can Easily Convert it to Ayroma Theme
Initial
Step1:- Homepage Setup As a Frontpage
Here you can choose what’s displayed on the homepage of your site. The options are:
Go to Setting =>>Reading =>>Select a Static page Check Box> Select Homepage1> And Click save change Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Step2:- Change Header Type
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Customize =>> Header =>> Header Type =>> Select Header3 Then Click Publish Button.
Step3:- Change Theme Color
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Style Configurator =>>Theme Color =>> Color Type =>> Select Custom Color =>> Fill Your Primary Ayroma Color Code #6a1b9a Then Click Publish Button
Note:- Ayroma Theme To manage further sections, you can make changes using the front page section.
59. Banner Info Section Setup?
=>> How to Change Banner Info title, Subtitle and Description?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Banner info section=>> Enter Title, Subtitle and Description then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Change Button Label, Link And Background Image?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Banner info section=>> Enter Title, Subtitle and Description then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Manage Columns?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Banner info section=>> Select Pre Define Setting and manage Columns then click publish Button.
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the WooCommerce of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the WooCommerce option won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Store Notice.
Here, you can manage the Store Notice.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Enable store notice is checked if you want to display the Store Notice.
(2) How to manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Catalog.
Here, you can manage various Product settings such as what you want to display on the Shop page, what to show on the Product Category page, how you want products to be sorted, products per row, and rows per page.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to Manage the Product Images in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Images in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Images.
Here, you can manage various Product Images settings such as main image width, thumbnail width, and thumbnail cropping.
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Click on Menu => Menu structure
Enter a menu name in menu structure by (Primary Menu) and at the bottom, menu structure check it on the primary menu & click on save menu.
2. How to Setup Footer Menu?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Click on Menu => Menu structure
Enter a menu name in menu structure by (footer menu) and at the bottom, menu structure check it on the Footer menu & click on save menu.
3. How to Create Custom link For Header Menu?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Click on Menu => Menu structure
On the left side, you can see Add Menu Items => Custom links In URL pass ( # ) and in Link text Enter menu name. Click on Add to Menu.
62. Flossy Lite Banner Info Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Banner Info Section of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Banner Information in Banner Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Information in the Banner Info Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Banner Info Section.
Here, Open the Information Toggle to manage the Title , Subtitle , Button & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Banner Info Section.
63. Pet Bazaar Pro Background Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Background Image of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Image of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Background Image.
Here, you can manage the Background Image of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
64. Install Retailsy Premium WordPress Theme
Make sure you are logged in to the WordPress Admin dashboard.
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Themes
You will see a list of all the themes currently installed in your application. To install your new WordPress theme, simply click on the Add New tab.
Click the Upload Theme button in the WordPress dashboard.
When You click on Upload Theme tab Click the Choose File button, select the ZIP archive of your theme from your local computer and click on Install Now button.
In a few seconds, WordPress will upload and extract the theme.
You will need to activate the theme for the changes to take effect.
65. Flossy Pro Typography Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Typography of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Body Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Body Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Body Typography.
Here, you can manage the Body Typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Family, Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Headings Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Headings Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Headings.
In the H1 section, you can manage headings typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Family, Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
You can do the same for H2 ,H3, H4 ,H5 & H6 by simply scrolling down.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Menu Typgraphy in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Menu Typygraphy in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Menu.
Here, you can manage the Menu Typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Family, Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
Click Publish when you're done.
66. Product Grab Section Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Product Grab Section =>> Header =>> Enter Section Title, Description, Button Lebel 1, Link, Button Label 2, Link and Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Image
67. Additional CSS
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Additional Css =>> Add Css Here
then Click Publish Button.
68. Mega Mart Pro Slider Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Slider Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Before we proceed, please note that Mega Mart Pro includes 4 different themes, and each theme comes with its own unique slider. To know more about how to select themes, please refer to this article : https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20588/
: THEME 1 SLIDER SETUP :
(1) How to manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Text , Text 2 , Text 3 , Text 4 and Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Text , Text 2 , Text 3 , Text 4 and Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Text , Text 2 , Text 3 , Text 4 and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Enable the Autoplay ? checkbox to enable the Autoplay.
Use the Slider Speed slider to manage the Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
: THEME 2 SLIDER SETUP :
(1) How to manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Enable the Autoplay ? checkbox to enable the Autoplay.
Use the Slider Speed slider to manage the Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Right Content 1 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Right Content 1 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the RIGHT CONTENT 1.
From here you can manage the Right Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Right Content 2 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Right Content 2 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the RIGHT CONTENT 2.
From here you can manage the Right Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
: THEME 3 SLIDER SETUP :
(1) How to manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 , Button Text and % Text in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 , Button Text and % Text in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 , Button Text and % Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Enable the Autoplay ? checkbox to enable the Autoplay.
Use the Slider Speed slider to manage the Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Right Content 1 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Right Content 1 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the RIGHT CONTENT 1.
From here you can manage the Right Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Right Content 2 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Right Content 2 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the RIGHT CONTENT 2.
From here you can manage the Right Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
: THEME 4 SLIDER SETUP :
(1) How to manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay and Slider Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Enable the Autoplay ? checkbox to enable the Autoplay.
Use the Slider Speed slider to manage the Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Left Content 1 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Left Content 1 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the LEFT CONTENT 1.
From here you can manage the Left 1 Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Left Content 2 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Left Content 2 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the LEFT CONTENT 2.
From here you can manage the Left 2 Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Right Content 1 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Right Content 1 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the RIGHT CONTENT 1.
From here you can manage the Right 1 Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Right Content 2 in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Right Content 2 in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Scroll down until you see the RIGHT CONTENT 2.
From here you can manage the Right 2 Content such as Background Image , Left Title , Left Subtitle and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
69. Mega Mart Lite Header Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Image of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Header Image in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Image in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header Image.
Here, you can manage the Header Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
70. Style Configurator Setup?
=>> Page Layout
Website Layout
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Website Layout, Select Layout Boxed and Full Width Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Preset Background Image
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Appearance =>> Costomizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Preset Background Image, Select Background Image Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Custom Background Image
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Style Configurator=>>Add Custom Background Image, Select Custom Background Image Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Custom Background Color
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Style Configurator=>>Add Custom Background Color, Select Custom Background Color Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Theme Color
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Front Pallate Click Check Box and Manage Hide Show Then Click Publish Button.
Prebuild Color
Custom Color
Front Pallet
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Front Pallate Added for testing only
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Front Pallate Click Check Box and Manage Hide Show Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
71. Mega Mart Lite Theme Setup
Welcome to the Mega Mart Lite Theme Documentation! In this guide, we will walk you through the process of installing and activating your Mega Mart Lite theme.
So without any further delay, Let's move forward to the Topic.
(1) How to Install and Activate Mega Mart Lite ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
Step-by-Step Instructions:
Step 1 : From the WordPress Dashboard, Navigate to Appearance > Themes.
Step 2 : Click on Add New Theme.
Step 3 : In the search bar, type Mega Mart.
Step 4 : Once you find the theme, hover over it and click Install.
Step 5 : After installation is complete, activate your theme by clicking on Activate.
72. Mega Mart Pro General Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the general components of the Mega Mart Pro theme, such as the Container , Sidebar, Top Scroller , Page Breadcrumb & Newsletter. This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Preloader in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Preloader in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Preloader.
Check the Hide/Show option to enable or disable the Preloader.
Enter your preferred text and button label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Container in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Container in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Container.
Here, you can adjust the Container Width and the Top & Bottom Padding of the container.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Sidebar Layout for different pages in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar Layout for different pages in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Sidebar.
Here, you can manage Sidebar Layouts for different pages such as Default Page, Archive Page, Single Page, etc .
Click Publish when you’re done.
(4) How to manage the Sidebar Width and Font Size in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar Width and Font Size in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Sidebar.
Scroll down until you see the OPTIONS section.
Here, you can adjust the Sidebar Width and Font Size as needed.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(5) How to manage the Top Scroller in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Top Scroller in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Top Scroller.
Here, you can enable or disable the Top Scroller using the checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Here, you can manage all the related settings for the Breadcrumb Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb Typography in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb Typography in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Here, scroll down till TYPOGRAPHY section, where you can adjust the Page Breadcrumb Typography settings.
Click Publish when you're done.
73. Flossy Pro Category Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Category Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Category Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Category Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Category Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title and Descripiton.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Category Info Title , Description , Button label & Image in Category Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Category Info Title , Description , Button label & in Category Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Category Section.
In the Category Section, open the Info toggle, where you can manage the Info Title, Description, Button Label, and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
74. Flossy Pro Info Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Info Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Info title , subtitle and icon in Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Info title , subtitle and icon in Info Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Info Section.
Here, Open the Info toggle and here you can manage the Info title , subtitle and icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : You can select whether to display an image or an icon in the Info section by using the Image type dropdown option.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
75. Install Retailsy WordPress theme via WP-Cli
To install the Retailsy WordPress theme via WP-CLI (WordPress Command Line Interface), follow these steps:
1. Connect to your server using SSH or access the command line interface. 2. Navigate to the root directory of your WordPress installation. 3. Run the following command to install the Retailsy theme:
wp theme install retailsy
This command will download and install the Retailsy theme from the official WordPress.org repository.
4. Once the installation is complete, run the following command to activate the Retailsy theme:
wp theme activate retailsy
Congratulations! You have successfully installed and activated the Retailsy WordPress theme via WP-CLI. You can now proceed to customize the theme settings, configure its options, and start building your website using the Retailsy theme.
76. Manage Header Text Color and Background Color?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Color =>> Header Text Color, Background Color Select Color then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
1. Header Text Color
2. Background Color
77. Contact Page in Page Template?
=>> How to Hide/Show Contact Page Info?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact info Section=>>Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Add Contact Page Info?
Login Your Site and Follow This Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>>Contact info Section=>> Enter The Title, Link, Social Icon Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Add Contact Page and Hide/Show Map Section on Contact Page?
Login Your Site and Follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact Map Section Then Click Now Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Setup Form Section in Contact Page?
Login Your Site and go to Appearance>Customizer>Page Template >Contact Form Section>Click Checkbox and manage hide/show and Enter The Form Title, Description, Short code and Upload Image. Then Click Now Publish Button.
=>> How to Get Contact Form 7 Short code?
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard=>> Plugins=>> add New Plugin=>> Add Contact Form 7 Plugin=>> Then Find Contact in CPT, Contact=>> Add New>Create Form
Make New Contact Form
Click Save Button
Copy Short code
Enter Short code
Upload Image
For best result use the size of the image 377px × 596 px
Then Click Publish Button.
78. How to Add Free Shipping Bar?
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Storely Options=>> Free Shipping Bar=>> View More and Manage Setting Acording to Screenshot
after Make Bundle Click Publish Button.
See screenshots
79. Flossy Pro Testimonial 3 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Testimonial 3 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Testimonial 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Testimonial 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Testimonial Section 3.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Client's name , subtitle, description & image in Testimonial 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Client's name , subtitle, description & image in Testimonial 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Testimonial 3 Section.
Here, Open the Testimonial Toggle to manage Client's name , subtitle, description & image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
80. Mega Mart Pro About Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the About Page of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Here , you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(2) How to manage the Point Content and Button in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Point Content and Button in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Open the Point toggle to manage the Point Content.
From the Button Label text feild enter your Button Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Image 1 in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Image 1 in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Image option, from where you can manage the Image 1.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Image 2 in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Image 2 in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Image 2 option, from where you can manage the Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Section Title in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the SERVICE SECTION.
From here , you can manage the Section Title.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(6) How to manage the Service Content in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Service Content in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Service toggle.
Open the toggle to manage the Service Content such as Title , Description , Button & Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Column , Sliding Autoplay and Sliding Speed in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column , Sliding Autoplay and Sliding Speed in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column
Here from the Select Column option , you can select the number of columns to display.
You can enable the Autoplay? checkbox to enable the Autoplay and using the Slider of Sliding Speed you can adjust speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(8) How to manage the Section Title , Filter Tab, Select Column , Autoplay and Sliding Speed in Team Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Filter Tab , Select Column , Autoplay , and Sliding Speed in Team Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the TEAM SECTION.
Enable the Hide/Show Tab to display the Filter Tab.
Enter the Section title text inside the Section Title text field.
Here from the Select Column option , you can select the number of columns to display.
You can enable the Autoplay? checkbox to enable the Autoplay and using the Slider of Sliding Speed you can adjust speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(9) How to manage the Funfact Content in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Funfact Content in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the FUNFACT SECTION.
Open the Funfact toggle to manage Funfact Content such as Title , Text , Text 2 & Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
(10) How to manage the Select Column and Background Image in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column and Background Image in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column.
Here from the Select Column option , you can select the number of columns to display.
Use the Background Image Option to set the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(11) How to manage the Section Title in Feature Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title in Feature Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see FEATURE SECTION.
From here , you can manage the Section Title.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(12) How to manage the Feature Content in Feature Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Feature Content in Feature Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the FEATURE SECTION.
Open the Feature toggle to manage Funfact Content such as Title , Description , Image 2 & Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
(13) How to manage the Select Column , Autoplay and Sliding Speed in Feature Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Autoplay , and Sliding Speed in Team Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the FEATURE SECTION.
Here from the Select Column option , you can select the number of columns to display.
You can enable the Autoplay? checkbox to enable the Autoplay and using the Slider of Sliding Speed you can adjust speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(14) How to manage the Brand Content in Brand Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Brand Content in Brand Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the BRANDS.
Open the Brand toggle to manage Brand Content such as Title and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(15) How to manage the Select Column ,Background Image , Autoplay and Sliding Speed in Brand Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Background Image , Autoplay , and Sliding Speed in Brand Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the BRANDS.
Here from the Select Column option , you can select the number of columns to display.
Use the Background Image option to set the Background Image.
You can enable the Autoplay? checkbox to enable the Autoplay and using the Slider of Sliding Speed you can adjust speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(16) How to manage the Highlight Content in Highlight Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Highlight Content in Highlight Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the HIGHLIGHT.
Open the Highlight toggle to manage Highlight Content such as Title and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(17) How to manage the Select Column in Highlight Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column in Highlght Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the HIGHLIGHT.
Here from the Select Column option , you can select the number of columns to display.
Click Publish when you're done.
81. Pet Bazaar Pro Theme Setup
Welcome to the Pet Bazaar Pro Theme Documentation! In this guide, we will walk you through the process of Setting Up your Pet Bazaar Pro theme.
So without any further delay, Let's move forward to the Topic in the Upcoming Articles Below.
(1) How to Download the Theme File Package ?
Before proceeding, ensure that you have successfully completed the payment and purchased the theme. You will only be able to download the theme package if the purchase has been properly processed.
2. Here, make sure that you are signed in to your account.
3. On the https://sellerthemes.com/ page, move your cursor to the Account Icon on the very right side of the menu.
4. A submenu will open, where you have to click on My Purchase.
5. On the Purchase History page, scroll down a bit until you see the View Details and Downloads in the Details column.
6. Click on View Details and Downloads.
7. You will reach the Payment Confirmation page. From here, scroll down a bit until you see the Products section.
8. Now, you will see the pet-bazaar-pro-1.0 option.
9. Click on it to download the Theme File Package.
(2) How to Get the License Key ?
Before proceeding, ensure that you have successfully completed the payment and purchased the theme. You will only be able to download the theme package if the purchase has been properly processed.
There are various ways to get your License Key. You can either check your email or follow these steps:
2. Here, make sure that you are signed in to your account.
3. On the https://sellerthemes.com/ page, move your cursor to the Account Icon on the very right side of the menu.
4. A submenu will open, where you have to click on My Purchase.
5. On the Purchase History page, scroll down a bit until you see the View Licenses in the License Keys column.
6. Click on View Licenses.
7. You will reach the Payment History page. From here, scroll down a bit until you see the KeyIcon in the Key Column .
8. Click on the KeyIcon to get the License Key.
9. This will be your License Key—copy it for future use.
(3) How to Activate the License Key ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To activate the License Key , follow these steps:
1. From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Theme License.
2. On the Theme License page, enter your License Key in the License Key field.
3. Click on Save Changes.
4. After saving, a new option called License Action will appear.
5. From License Action , Click on Activate License.
6. Your License Key will now be activated, and you can see its validity details just below the License Key field.
7. Click Save Changes again to finalize the activation.
Important Note : Make sure you have activated the Pet Bazaar Pro theme first; only then can you activate the License Key.
(4) How to Install and Activate the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
Step-by-Step Instructions:
Step 1: From the WordPress Dashboard, Navigate to Appearance > Themes.
Step 2: Click on Add New Theme.
Step 3: At the top of the page, click on Upload Theme. You will be prompted to upload the Pet Bazaar Pro theme file from your computer.
Step 4: Select the theme package file, then click Install Now.
Once the installation is complete, activate your theme by clicking on Activate.
Step 5: Once the theme is installed, click on the Replace active with uploaded button to activate the newly uploaded theme.
82. Mega Mart Lite Blog Post Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to create a blog post in the Mega Mart Lite theme using the WordPress Dashboard. Blog posts are a key part of your site's content, and creating them is the first step before configuring the Blog Section in the Customizer. This guide will walk you through the process of adding blog content to ensure it displays correctly on your site.
(1) How to Create a Blog Post in the Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create a blog post in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Posts > Add New Post.
On the Add New Post page, you can create your blog post by entering the following:
Title
Subtitle
Add a Read More button
Select a Featured Image
Assign relevant Tags and Categories
Once you've completed the content, click Publish to make your blog post live
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing blogs of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress Posts , please refer to this article: https://wordpress.com/support/posts/
83. Exclusive Product Section Setup?
Login to Your Site, go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Exclusive Product Section =>> Enter Section Title, Select the Column you Want to Show, Select The category of products you want to show, and Select No of Products Display then Click Publish Button for Save Your Changes.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
84. Upload Header Images?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Header Image =>> Click ADD New Image Button Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
85. Info Section Setup Frontpage3?
=>> How to Add Info Title & Description and Link?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage3 =>> Info Section =>> Content =>> Enter Title, Description, Link Now Change the Title.
Then Click Publish Button.
=>> Can I use an image instead of an icon?
Yes, You Can follow this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage3 =>> Info Section =>> Select Your icon and image
and add a link then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Image
Info Section Column Setting
86. Mega Mart Lite Menu Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Menu of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Menu from Dashboard ?
Before we move forward, it's important to note that menus can be added in two primary locations within our theme: the Header and the Footer. We will first explore how to manage the menu in the header, followed by instructions for the footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, you will find various options for managing your menus. We will discuss these options in detail below.
Setting Up Your Menu
To set up your menu, follow these steps:
In the Menu Name field, enter a title of your choice for the menu.
Select Primary Menu by checking the checkbox.
Click Create Menu when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Save Menu when you're done to apply your changes.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the footer menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, in the Menu Structure section, enter a title of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Create Menu button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
(2) How to manage Menu from Customizer ?
Just like in the Dashboard Menu, you can also create menus in the Customizer for both the Header and Footer. We will first learn about managing the Header menu and then the Footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Primary Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Publish when you're done.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the Footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing menus of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress menus, please refer to this article: https://codex.wordpress.org/WordPress_Menu_User_Guide.
87. How Make Compare Page?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Storely Options =>> Storely Compare List =>> View More Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
88. Flossy Pro Colors Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Colors of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Color of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Color of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Colors.
Here, you can manage Background Color of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
89. Image Zoom Magnifier Setting?
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Woo commerce=>> Zoom Magnifier
Check Setting Given Screenshot then Click Publish Button.
Note:- For the best zoom magnifier result you need to keep the product image size 800x800
90. How to Manage Testimonial Section?
How to Manage Testimonial Section Hide/Show?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Testimonial Sections Click the Check box and Manage Hide/show.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Testimonial Section Title, Subtitle, Subtitle2 & Description?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> =>>Frontpage Sections =>>Testimonial Sections Enter the Section Title, Subtitle, Subtitle2, Description.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Testimonial Links, Upload Images & Delete Testimonials?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> =>>Frontpage Sections =>>Testimonial Sections Enter the Link, and Upload Image To remove the testimonials, click the Delete Testimonial Line, or click the add New Testimonials tab to Add Testimonials.
And buy the premium version to add more than three testimonials
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
To install the Retailsy WordPress theme in ZIP format through the admin dashboard, follow these steps:
1. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard. 2. Navigate to “Appearance” on the left-hand side menu. 3. Click on “Themes” to access the themes page. 4. On the themes page, click on the “Add New” button at the top of the page. 5. On the next screen, click on the “Upload Theme” button. 6. You’ll see an option to choose a theme file. Click on the “Choose File” button. 7. Locate the ZIP file of the Retailsy WordPress theme on your computer and select it. 8. Click on the “Install Now” button to begin the theme installation process. 9. WordPress will upload and install the Retailsy theme from the ZIP file. 10. Once the installation is complete, you will see a success message. Click on the “Activate” button to activate the Retailsy theme and make it live on your website.
Congratulations! You have successfully installed and activated the Retailsy WordPress theme in ZIP format through the admin dashboard. Now you can proceed to customize the theme settings, configure its options, and start building your website using the installed Retailsy theme.
92. Pet Bazaar Pro Typography Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Typography of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Body Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Body Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Body Typography.
Here, you can manage the Body Typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Family, Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Headings Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Headings Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Headings Typography.
In the H1 section, you can manage headings typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Family, Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
You can do the same for H2 ,H3, H4 ,H5 & H6 by simply scrolling down.
Click Publish when you're done.
93. How to Setup Grocerly Theme ?
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the latest Grocerly Theme of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Setting up the Grocerly theme in Mega Pro is simple since the primary differences lie only in the Theme Type. Let’s walk through these steps:
Setting Up Theme Type
Before proceeding, ensure you’re logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Set up the Theme Type, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Themes > Themes.
Here select the Fourth number Theme
Click Publish when you’re done.
94. Retailsy Free – Copyright Content Setup
1. How to I Manage Footer Copyright Content?
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Footer => Below Footer
Here you can see as given in Below Image you can Change Copyright Content Customizer.
95. Change Background Image?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Background Image =>> Click ADD New Image Button Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
96. Retailsy Free – Feature Product Setup
1. How Can I Change Product Title?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site : –
Go to WP Menu => Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Feature Product Section
Here You Can Change Feature Product Section Title Click on title and write name as you want.
Then Click Publish Button.
2. How to Display Number of Products?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site : –
Go to WP Menu => Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Feature Product Section
=> Content >No of Products Display.
You can manage with the range slider how many products you have to show.
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:
97. How to Assign Blog as a Post Page?
Create a Page Enter Name Blog?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go-to Pages =>> Add New Enter Page Title " Blog " Save your Changes Click Publish Button.
Assign Blog as a Post Page?
Login to your WordPress Dashboard, go to setting =>> Reading
Select a Static Page Then Select Post Page Choose Blog and Click Save Change Button.
98. Flossy Pro Banner Info 1 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Banner Info 1 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Button & Image in Banner Info 1 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Button & Image in Banner Info 1 Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Banner Info 1 Section.
Here, Open the Info Toggle to manage the Title , Subtitle , Button & Image in Banner 1 Info Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
99. Flossy Pro Background Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Background Image of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Image of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage Background Image of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Background Image.
Here, you can manage Background Image of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
100. Flossy Pro Offer Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Offer Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Description in Offer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Description in Offer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Offer Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage Images and Button in the Offer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Images and Button in the Offer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Offer Section.
Scroll down until you see the Offer Images and Button Settings
.
Here, you can manage the Offer Images and the Button as per your preferences.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
101. Deal of the Day Setup?
=>> How to add Section Title and Timer Hide/Show?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Deal of the Day=>> Header=>> Title=>> Enter your Title Here and Click Checkbox on Manage Hide/Show then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How Create Countdown Timer?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Deal of the Day=>> Header=>> Countdown=>> Select Date and Time then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Assign Category in Deal of the Day Section?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Deal of the Day=>> Header=>> Content=>> Select Category the product you want to show Category Select You can also assign multiple categories then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Manage my product column?
Yes You Can, follows this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Deal of the Day=>>Content=>> Select Columns =>> Select Predefine Column Dropdown and Select 2 column, 3column, 4column Product then click publish Button
=>> Can I have more or less product shows and Add Animation?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Deal of the Day=>> Header=>> Content=>> No of Product Display =>> Enter the value of the number of products you want to show then click publish Button.
102. Testimonial Section Setup Frontpage3?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section 3 =>> Testimonial Section =>> Content =>> Enter Section Title and Description then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Testimonial Content Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section3 =>> Testimonial Section =>> Content =>> Enter Title, Subtitle, Subtitle2, Description, Link, Upload Image, and If you want to delete the Testimonial box click on the delete Testimonial line and if you want to increase the Testimonial box then Click Publish Button.
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the WooCommerce of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the WooCommerce option won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Store Notice.
Here, you can manage the Store Notice.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Enable store notice is checked if you want to display the Store Notice.
(2) How to manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Catalog.
Here, you can manage various Product settings such as what you want to display on the Shop page, what to show on the Product Category page, how you want products to be sorted, products per row, and rows per page.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to Manage the Product Images in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Images in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Images.
Here, you can manage various Product Images settings such as main image width, thumbnail width, and thumbnail cropping.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to Manage the Checkout in WooCommerce?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Checkout in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Checkout.
Here, you can manage various Checkout settings such as field names, privacy policy page, terms & conditions page, and privacy policy.
Click Publish when you're done.
104. Retailsy Free – Info Box Setup
1.How To Setup & Manage Info Section?
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpage Section => Info Section
If You Want To manage Info Section as you can See in Given Below Image
You can Change & Customize Info Box Icon, text Content Settings.
105. Mega Mart Pro Select Theme Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Theme Type of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to Select Theme Type in Mega Mart ?
Before proceeding, ensure you’re logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Theme in Webique , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Themes > Select Theme.
Here, you can select the Theme of your choice for Mega Mart.
Click Publish when you’re done.
106. How Manage Footer Widget?
Login to your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Widget click Footer Widget and Manage.
107. Pet Bazaar Pro Blog Post Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to create a blog post in the Pet Bazaar Pro theme using the WordPress Dashboard. Blog posts are a key part of your site's content, and creating them is the first step before configuring the Blog Section in the Customizer. This guide will walk you through the process of adding blog content to ensure it displays correctly on your site.
(1) How to create a Blog Post in the Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create a blog post in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Posts > Add New.
On the Add New Post page, you can create your blog post by entering the following:
Title
Subtitle
Add a Read More button
Select a Featured Image
Assign relevant Tags and Categories
Once you've completed the content, click Publish to make your blog post live
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing blogs of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress Posts , please refer to this article: https://wordpress.com/support/posts/
108. Flossy Pro Banner Info 3 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Banner Info 3 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Button & Image in Banner Info 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Button & Image in Banner Info 3 Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Banner Info 3 Section.
Here, Open the Info Toggle to manage the Title , Subtitle , Button & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
109. Flossy Pro Product Setup
In this article, you'll learn how to create and manage products in the Flossy Pro theme. This guide will help you set up product entries in the WordPress Dashboard, ensuring they are ready for display across different product sections on your website. Whether you're adding new items to your store or updating existing ones, these steps will provide you with everything you need to manage your products effectively.
(1) How to Create the Products in the Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create Products in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Products > Add New.
Enter the Product Title and Product Description.
Set the Product Price.
Add a Product Image and create a Product Gallery if needed.
Assign the product to relevant Product Categories and add Product Tags.
Fill in any additional product details as needed.
Click Publish to save your product.
Reminder: Make sure the WooCommerce plugin is activated, as the Products option won’t appear until WooCommerce is active.
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing Products of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WooCommerce Products, please refer to this article:
If You Want to Complete Setup Woocommerce For Retailsy Free Theme.
You Just Need To Follow Some Steps : –
1. First You Need To Install & Activate Woocommerce Plugin.
Note : –Please Check if you Have Already installed & Activated Woocommerce Plugin.
2. Now If You Want to Import Product Just Follow Some Easy Steps : –
Go to => WP Menu => Products => All Products => Import
Click on Import Button As Given Below Image.
Now You Need To Choose CSV File.
When You Upload Required File.
Click On Checkbox Button.
Note :- Please check if you already have existing product name, And if you want to overwrite products then click on checkbox.
After Then Scroll on the Bottom of The page As Given In Below Image And Click On Run the Importer Button to Continue Import process.
When you click On Run importer Button You redirect on Importing Process Page.
Note : – It May takes Some time so be patients Don’t go back or refresh the page.
Now Your Product List Import Successfully.
Now Click on View Product Button to check your Product List on product Page.
3. How to Add Product Manually From WordPress DashBoard?
Follow some steps :-
Go to => WP Menu => Products => Add New
After Add Product click to Publish.
111. Deal of the Day Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Best Deal Section =>> Enter Section Title, Select Product you Want to Show, Fill Left Content title, Description and Button Label and Link then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Best Deal Section Left Content?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Best Deal Section =>> Enter Offer Text and Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Select Product?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Best Deal Section =>> Enter Offer Text and Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
112. Flossy Pro Child Theme Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Child Themes of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
What is a Child Theme ?
A Child Theme is a WordPress theme that inherits its design, features, and functionalities from a parent theme. It allows you to make modifications without affecting the main (parent) theme, ensuring your changes are safe from updates.
In our Flossy Pro theme, there are two Child Themes: Flexi Mart and Flow Store. Below, we will understand the difference between Flexi Mart and Flow Store.
Differences Between Flow Store and Flexi Mart
The Flow Store and Flexi Mart child themes differ mainly in design, color schemes, and some sections. Both offer a unique style but are built on the same foundation of Flossy Pro. You’ll notice changes in homepage layouts, color options, and section arrangements, allowing you to choose the one that best fits your site’s branding.
Now that we’ve covered the differences between Flow Store and Flexi Mart, let’s see how to set up both themes.
(1) How to Setup Flow Store Theme ?
Setting up the Flow Store theme in Flossy Pro is simple since the primary differences lie in the Homepage Template and Color Scheme. Let’s walk through these steps:
Setting Up the Homepage Template
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Setup the Homepage Template, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Pages > All Pages.
Locate your Homepage or Front Page from the list of pages.
Click on Edit to Quick Edit (or use Quick Edit for faster changes).
In the Template dropdown menu, select Homepage 2.
ClickSave when you're done.
Setting Up Theme Color
To Setup the Theme Color , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Theme Color.
Under Color Type, select Custom Color.
In the Primary Color section, enter the color code as #006ADD.
ClickSave when you're done.
(2) How to Setup Flexi Mart Theme ?
Setting up the Flexi Mart theme in Flossy Pro is simple since the primary differences lie in the Homepage Template and Color Scheme. Let’s walk through these steps:
Setting Up the Homepage Template
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Setup the Homepage Template, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Pages > All Pages.
Locate your Homepage or Front Page from the list of pages.
Click on Edit to Quick Edit (or use Quick Edit for faster changes) .
In the Template dropdown menu, select Homepage 3.
Click Save when you're done.
Setting Up Theme Color
To Setup the Theme Color , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Theme Color.
Under Color Type, select Custom Color.
In the Primary Color section, enter the color code as #FF0358
Click Save when you're done.
113. Retailsy Premium – Feature Product Setup
1. How Can I Change Product Title?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site : –
Go to WP Menu => Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Feature Product Section
Here You Can Change Feature Product Section Title Click on title and write name as you want.
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
2.How Can I Manage Category Hide/Show and Select Category Filter?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site : –
Go to WP Menu => Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Feature Product Section
Now Click Checkbox and manage Category Hide/show.
And Click On Select Category field to Change the Category.
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
3.How Can I Change Column Setting For Feature Product Section?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site : –
Go to WP Menu => Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Feature Product Section => Content =>> Select Column=>> Now Select Column
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
4.How Can Manage Number of Products?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site : –
Go to WP Menu => Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Feature Product Section => Content >No of Products Display.
You can manage with the range slider how many products you have to show.
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
114. After I changed the Product image, why the image is it appearing smaller?
There is nothing to worry about, you can use the size (800x800 Px) Product for good image quality, and your image quality will remain good.
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard go Product =>> Add New =>> Enter Product title, Price, and Upload Image.
115. Black Friday Section Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Black Friday Section =>> Enter Section Title, Subtitle, Description and Button Label and Link then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Black Friday Section =>> Enter Link and Upload Image If you want to delete the image box click on the delete image line and if you want to increase the image box then click on add new image tab then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
116. Mega Mart Lite Footer Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Footer of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Footer Widgets in the Dashboard ?
Before setting up the Footer in the Customizer, it's important to know how to manage footer widgets directly from the Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Widgets in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets.
In the Widgets Page, you can drag and drop various widgets from the Available Widgets to the Footer1 , Footer2 , Footer3 , Footer4 & Footer5 widget areas.
Once you've made the necessary changes, click Save to apply them.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Footer Menu in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Menu in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Menu.
Here, you have to enable the checkbox Hide/Show Menu from the GLOBAL Option to display the Footer Menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: This Menu setting will only apply to devices with a screen width smaller than 992px. On devices with a width of 992px or greater, the menu title will not be displayed.
(3) How to manage the Footer Contact 1 in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Contact 1 in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
From the CONTENT section you can manage the Footer Contact 1 Content such as Icon , Call Title and Contact Number.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Store Content in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Store Contact in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
Scroll down until you see the STORE Section.
From here you can manage the Store content such as Title , Open Time and Close Time.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Footer Contact 2 in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Contact 2 in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
Scroll down until you see the HOURS Section.
From the HOURS section you can manage the Footer Contact 2 Content such as Icon , Hour , Working hours.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Footer Background in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Background in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Background.
Here , you can set the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Social Icons in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Social Icons in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Look for FOOTER SOCIAL section.
Open the fSocial toggle to manage the Social Icons.
Click Publish when you're done.
(8) How to manage the Payment Icons in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Payment Icons in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Scroll down until you see the FOOTER PAYMENT.
Open the Payment toggle to manage the Payment Icons.
Click Publish when you're done.
(9) How to manage the Copyright Text in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Copyright Text in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Scroll down until you see the Copyright text field.
You can enter the Copyright text as per your preference.
Click Publish when you're done.
117. After I changed the slider image, why the image is it appearing smaller?
There is nothing to worry about, you can use the size Background Image (1920x800 Px) slider for good image quality, and your image quality will remain good.
Login Your wordpress Dashboard go appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Slide, Upload jpg Image.
Image2
There is nothing to worry about, you can use the size Png image (345x400 Px) slider for good image quality, and your image quality will remain good.
Login Your wordpress Dashboard go appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Slide, Upload Png Image.
118. Black Friday Section Setup Frontpage2?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage2 =>> Black Friday Section =>> Enter Section Title, Subtitle, Description and Button Label and Link then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Image
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Black Friday Section =>> Upload Image1 and Image2 then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
119. Install Retailsy WordPress theme by FTP
To install the Retailsy WordPress theme via FTP (File Transfer Protocol), follow these steps:
1. Obtain the Retailsy theme ZIP file from a trusted source or purchase it from the theme developer. 2. Extract the ZIP file on your computer to obtain the theme folder. 3. Connect to your web server using an FTP client (e.g., FileZilla, Cyberduck, or WinSCP). 4. Enter your FTP credentials (host, username, password, and port) to establish a connection with your server. 5. Once connected, navigate to the directory where your WordPress website is installed. This is typically the “public_html” or “www” directory. 6. Inside the WordPress installation directory, go to the “wp-content” folder. 7. Inside the “wp-content” folder, locate the “themes” folder. 8. Upload the entire extracted Retailsy theme folder from your computer to the “themes” folder on the server. Note: Make sure to preserve the folder structure, so the Retailsy theme files are placed in a folder named “retailsy” inside the “themes” folder. 9. Once the upload is complete, log in to your WordPress admin dashboard. 10. Navigate to “Appearance” -> “Themes” on the left-hand side menu. 11. You should see the Retailsy theme listed among the available themes. Click on the “Activate” button below the Retailsy theme to activate it.
Congratulations! You have successfully installed the Retailsy WordPress theme via FTP. You can now customize the theme settings, configure its options, and start building your website using the Retailsy theme.
120. Flossy Pro Latest Product Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Latest Product Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Latest Product section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20233/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Latest Product section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Latest Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Latest Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product Section.
Here, you can manage Section Title , Subtitle & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Latest Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Latest Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product Section.
Here, you can select the product categories you want to display.
Use the No of Products Display Slider to manage how many products are shown.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to display the Tab.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
121. Flossy Pro Sales Info Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Sales Info Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Sales Info title , subtitle , Button and Image in Sales Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sales Info title , subtitle , button and icon in Sales Info Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sales Info Section.
Here, you have to Open the Info toggle then you can manage Sales Info title , subtitle , Button and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
122. How to Manage Testimonial Section?
How to Manage Testimonial Section Hide/Show, Title, and Description?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Testimonial Sections Click the Check box and Manage Hide/show and Enter Title and Description.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Testimonial Section Title, Subtitle, & Description Link & Upload Image?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> =>>Frontpage Sections =>>Testimonial Sections Enter Title, Subtitle, Description Link Upload Image.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Upload Testimonial Bg Image?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> =>>Frontpage Sections =>>Testimonial Sections Upload Background Image.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
123. How to Use Aromatic one Click Demo Import?
You need to install required plugins before importing premade demos after Plugin Install
Login Your Site, Go to Appearance =>> Premade Demos =>> Click Import Demo Data Button
Not:- Demo Importing process will take some time. Kindly be patience.
Please sit tight while we import your content. Do not refresh the page or hit the back button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
124. Retailsy Free Browse Category Setup
1. How To Create Product Category?
If You Want to Add Product Category Just Follow some Steps : –
Go to => WP Menu => Products => Categories
As You Can See in Given Below Image How you Can Create Product Categories.
2. How to Manage Browse Categories From Customizer ?
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Header => browse Section
As You Can see in Given Image how you can Manage Browse Category & Hide / Show Setting From Customizer.
3. How to Manage Product Search From Customizer ?
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Header => browse Section
As You Can see in Given Image how to Change Hide / Show Setting From Customizer.
125. Install Retailsy WordPress Theme from wordpress.org
To install the Retailsy WordPress theme via the admin dashboard from the official WordPress.org repository, follow these steps:
1. Log in to your WordPress admin dashboard. 2. Navigate to “Appearance” on the left-hand side menu. 3. Click on “Themes” to access the themes page. 4. On the themes page, click on the “Add New” button at the top of the page. 5. In the search bar on the next screen, type “Retailsy” and press Enter. 6. Look for the Retailsy theme in the search results. 7. Once you find the Retailsy theme, hover over it and click on the “Install” button. 8. WordPress will download and install the Retailsy theme for you. 9. After the installation is complete, click on the “Activate” button to activate the Retailsy theme and make it live on your website.
Congratulations! You have successfully installed and activated the Retailsy WordPress theme via the admin dashboard from the WordPress.org repository. Now you can customize the theme settings, configure its options, and start building your website using the Retailsy theme.
126. How To Make Product Bundle?
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Product=>> Add New=>> Add Product Title, Description, Images
and Select Product Data Name " Product Bundle " and add Product make bundle.
after Make Bundle Click Publish Button.
See screenshots
Product Bundle Settings
Dashboard=>> Storely Options=>> Product Bundle=>> Click View More Button.
127. Blog Section Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Blog Section =>> Header =>> Enter Section Title, Select Category, Select Column, Select No of Display Blog and If you want to show read more button in all blogs then click on Enable Excerpt check box then Click Publish Button.
Blog Column, Enable Excerpt, and Category setting available in the premium version Aromatic Pro
For more help see the attachment given below:-
128. Mega Mart Pro Colors Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Colors of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Color of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Color of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Colors.
Here, you can manage Background Color of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
129. Blog Single Page Author Box Hide/Show?
=>> How to Manage Author Box Hide/Show in Blog Single Page?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Blog Single=>> Click Check box and Manage Hide/Show Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
130. Flossy Pro General Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the general components of the Flossy Pro theme, such as the Preloader, Containers, Sidebar, Top Scroller, Page Breadcrumb & Newsletter . This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Preloader in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Pre Loader in the General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Preloader.
Here, you can manage the Preloader by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show checkbox.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(2) How to manage the Container Width in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Container in the General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Container.
Here, you can adjust the Container Width by using the slider.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(3) How to manage the Sidebar Layout for different pages in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar Layout for different pages in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General >Sidebar.
Here, you can manage Sidebar Layouts for different pages such as Default Page, Archive Page, Single Page, etc .
Click Publish when you’re done.
(4) How to manage the Sidebar Width and Widget Title Font Size in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar Width and Widget Title Font Size in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Sidebar.
Here, you have to scroll down till OPTIONS section , from where you can manage the Sidebar Width and Widget Title Font Size.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(5) How to manage the Top Scoller in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Top Scoller in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Top Scroller.
Here, you can manage the Top Scroller by selecting your desired icon from the dropdown below Scroller Icon.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note :Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Top Scoller.
(6) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Here, you can manage all the related settings for the Breadcrumb Section.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(7) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb Typography in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb Typography in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Here, scroll down till TYPOGRAPHY section, where you can adjust the Page Breadcrumb Typography settings.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(8) How to manage the Newsletter Style, Title & Description in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Newsletter Style , Title & Description in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Newsletter.
Here, you can manage the Newsletter Style , Title & Description.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Newsletter.
Important: The Newsletter section will only be visible if the selected template is Homepage 1. It will not be displayed with any other template, so make sure you have selected the Homepage 1 template to make the Newsletter section visible.
(9) How to manage Newsletter Image & Social Icons in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Newsletter image & Social icons in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Newsletter.
Here, you can manage the Newsletter image & Social icons.
Click Publish when you’re done.
131. Mega Mart Pro Deal Two Products Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Deal Two Products Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Deal Slide Content in Deal Two Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Deal Slide Content in Deal Two Products Section, follow these steps:
1. From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
2. On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Deal Two Products Section.
3. Open the DealSlide toggle to manage the Deal Slide content such as Title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Text and Text 2.
4. You can also manage the Image Type , Image and Icon.
5. Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Deal Slider Autoplay , Speed and Product Column in Deal Two Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Deal Slider Autoplay , Speed and Product Column in Deal Two Products Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Deal Two Products Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed.
From the Select Column option you can manage the Column.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Autoplay ? is checked if you want to enable the Autoplay.
(3) How to manage the Deal 2 Content in Deal Two Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Deal 2 Content in Deal Two Products Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Deal Two Products Section.
Open the Deal2 toggle to manage the Deal 2 content such as Title , Subtitle , Button and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
132. Retailsy Free Homepage/Frontpage Setup
1. How To Create Home Page?
Go to WP Menu => Pages => Add New => Click on Add New
Now create a page name whatever you wish to create, you have to name it.
You can now see a Template option on the right side of your page. select the Homepage Template in the template list and this is the page you will see.
2. How to assign Home page as Front page?
Go to WP Menu => Settings => Reading => Click on Reading => Reading Settings
Assuming you already have a page named “Front Page”, for the Front page display, select “A static page” and choose your “Home 1” page as the home page.
133. Section Reorder Managment?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Section Reorder =>> Manage Drage and Drop and Manage Section Reorder then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
134. Black Friday Section Setup Frontpage3?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage3 =>> Black Friday Section =>> Enter Section Title, Subtitle, Enter Date Day Year Time Make a Countdown Timer, Description and Button Label and Link, Upload Background Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Image
135. Mega Mart Pro Product Setup
In this article, you'll learn how to create and manage products in the Mega Mart Pro theme. This guide will help you set up product entries in the WordPress Dashboard, ensuring they are ready for display across different product sections on your website. Whether you're adding new items to your store or updating existing ones, these steps will provide you with everything you need to manage your products effectively.
(1) How to Create the Products in the Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create Products in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Products > Add New.
Enter the Product Title and Product Description.
Set the Product Price.
Add a Product Image and create a Product Gallery if needed.
Assign the product to relevant Product Categories and add Product Tags.
Fill in any additional product details as needed.
Click Publish to save your product.
Reminder: Make sure the WooCommerce plugin is activated, as the Products option won’t appear until WooCommerce is active.
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing Products of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WooCommerce Products, please refer to this article:
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Footer => Below Footer
Here you can see as given in Below Image you can Change Copyright Content.
You Can Change layout From layout option.
Now If You Want to Add Some Content Simply Click on Edit Button.
After Change Or Add Content In Text area click on Save and close Button.
And Then Click to Publish.
137. How To Make Product Bundle?
Login to Your Site, go to Dashboard, Product=>> Add New=>> Add Product Title, Description, Images, and Select Product Data Name " Product Bundle " and add Product make a bundle.
after Make Bundle Click Publish Button.
See screenshots
Product Bundle Settings
Dashboard=>> Aromatic Options=>> Product Bundle=>> Click View More Button.
138. Mega Mart Lite Product Two Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product Two Section of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Title , Subtitle , Time ,Button and Section title in Product Two Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title in Product Two Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Banner One Content in Product Two Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner One Content in Product Two Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER ONE Section.
From here you can manage the Banner One Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Banner Two Content in Product Two Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Two Content in Product Two Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER TWO Section.
From here you can manage the Banner Two Content such as Title , Text and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Filter Tab and Select Category in Product Two Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Filter Tab and Select Category in Product Two Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Two Section.
After reaching here scroll down until you see the CONTENT Section.
From here you can manage the Filter Tab and Select Category.
Click Publish when you're done.
139. How to Make Product Size Chart?
=>> How to Create Size Chart?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard, Size Chart=>> Add New =>> Make New Chart Following Screenshot Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage Size Chart Settings?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Aromatic Options=>> Size Chart =>> Click View More Button Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
140. Flossy Lite Slider Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Slider Section of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slide Title , Subtitle , Description , Button Label and Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide Title , Subtitle , Description, Button Label and Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle.
Once the toggle is opened, you can manage the Slide Title, Subtitle, Description, Button Label, and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Slider Section.
141. Post Banner Setup?
=>> Can I Change Post Banner Left Content?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Post Banner Section=>> Left Content=>>Title, Description, Button Label and Link =>> Now Change the Title.
. Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>How to Manage Mockup Slide Images Hide/Show and Add New Slide?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Post Banner Section=>> Right Content =>> Now Click Checkbox Manage Hide/Show Mockup And Upload Image and Publish Now.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>How to Change Right Images?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Post Banner Section=>> Right Content =>> Now Click Upload Image then Upload Image and Publish Now.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>How to Change Background Image?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Post Banner Section=>> Right Content =>> Now Click Upload Image then Upload Image and Publish Now.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
142. How to Install Feauty Free Theme?
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Themes =>> Add New and search for Feauty. Install and activate it.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
143. Mega Mart Pro Menu Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Menu of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Menu from Dashboard ?
Before we move forward, it's important to note that menus can be added in two primary locations within our theme: the Header and the Footer. We will first explore how to manage the menu in the header, followed by instructions for the footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, you will find various options for managing your menus. We will discuss these options in detail below.
Setting Up Your Menu
To set up your menu, follow these steps:
In the Menu Name field, enter a title of your choice for the menu.
Select Primary Menu by checking the checkbox.
Click Create Menu when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Save Menu when you're done to apply your changes.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the footer menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, in the Menu Structure section, enter a title of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Create Menu button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add menu items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
(2) How to manage Menu from Customizer ?
Just like in the Dashboard Menu, you can also create menus in the Customizer for both the Header and Footer. We will first learn about managing the Header menu and then the Footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Primary Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Publish when you're done.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the Footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to create Mega Menu in Dashboard ?
Mega Menu is one of the latest features we have started providing in our new themes. A Mega Menu is an advanced type of dropdown menu that gives you the flexibility to display multiple columns of links, images, or other content in a large panel. It helps organize complex navigation structures in a clean, user-friendly layout allowing you to add even more elements than a standard menu.
Now we will look at how to create the Mega Menu in our Theme.
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create the Mega Menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menu.
On the Menu page, go to the top-right corner and click the dropdown labeled Screen Options.
Enable the CSS Classes checkbox under “Show advanced menu properties.”
Next, add any type of Menu Item (e.g., Page, Custom Links, Posts, etc.) to the menu.
Open the Menu Item toggle where you want to enable the Mega Menu.
In the CSS Classes (optional) field, enter the class name: has-mega-menu .
Click Save Menu.
Now, go to Appearance > Widgets.
On the Widgets page, you’ll notice a new Widget Area has been created on the bottom-right side of the page. Its name will be a combination of the Menu Item name + Mega Menu.
This newly created Widget Area is your Mega Menu. You can now add your own widgets here to build and customize the Mega Menu content.
Note : Before following the steps mentioned above, please ensure that you have assigned the Primary Menu to your theme. The Mega Menu functionality is available only within the Header section, and it will not work unless the menu you're editing is set as the Primary Menu. If a different menu is selected or left unassigned, the Mega Menu feature and its associated widget area will not appear or function as expected.
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing menus of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress menus, please refer to this article: https://codex.wordpress.org/WordPress_Menu_User_Guide.
144. Flossy Pro Sponsor 3 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Sponsor 3 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Sponsor 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Sponsor 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor 3 Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to add the Sponsor Image in Sponsor 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To add the Sponsor Image in Sponsor 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor 3 Section.
Here, Open the Sponsor Toggle to add Sponsor Image .
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
145. Mega Mart Pro Footer Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Footer of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Footer Widgets in the Dashboard ?
Before setting up the Footer in the Customizer, it's important to know how to manage footer widgets directly from the Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Widgets in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets.
In the Widgets Page, you can drag and drop various widgets from the Available Widgets to the Footer1 , Footer2 , Footer3 , Footer4 & Footer5 widget areas.
Once you've made the necessary changes, click Save to apply them.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Footer Contact 1 in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Contact 1 in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
Use the Hide/Show checkbox option to display the Content.
From the CONTENT section you can manage the Footer Contact 1 Content such as Icon , Call Title and Contact Number.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Store Content in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Store Contact in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
Scroll down until you see the STORE Section.
From here you can manage the Store content such as Title , Open Time and Close Time.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Footer Contact 2 in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Contact 2 in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
Scroll down until you see the HOURS Section.
From the HOURS section you can manage the Footer Contact 2 Content such as Icon , Hour and Working hours.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Footer Widget Area Layout in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Widget Layout in Footer Widget Area , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Widget Area.
Here, you will find several types of Layouts.
Select the Layout that is suitable for you.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Footer Background in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Background in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Background.
Here, you can manage various Background Settings of the Footer, such as Background Color, Opacity, and Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Footer Menu in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Menu in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Menu.
Here, you have to enable the checkbox Hide/Show Menus from the Global Option to display the Footer Menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: This Menu setting will only apply to devices with a screen width smaller than 992px. On devices with a width of 992px or greater, the menu title will not be displayed.
(8) How to manage the Menu Icons in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Menu Icons in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Menu.
Here you can manage all the Menu Icons by enabling the Checkbox to display and Entering the title such as Wishlist , Cart , Categories and My Account.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : This Menu Title setting will only apply to devices with a screen width smaller than 992px. On devices with a width of 992px or greater, the Menu Icons will not be displayed.
(9) How to manage the Info Item in Below Footer ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Info Item in Below Footer , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Open the Info Item toggle to manage Info Content such as Title , Subtitle and Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
(10) How to manage the Social Icons in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Social Icons in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Below.
Look for FOOTER SOCIAL section.
Open the Icon toggle to manage the Social Icons.
Click Publish when you're done.
(11) How to manage the Payment Icons in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Payment Icons in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Scroll down until you see the FOOTER PAYMENT.
Open the Icon toggle to manage the Payment Icons.
Click Publish when you're done.
(12) How to manage the Copyright in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Copyright in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Copyright Section.
Here, from the Layout option, you can manage the Layout of Copyright.
You will also see two different sections named Section 1 and Section 2.
Open the dropdown to choose the type of content.
From there you can manage the contents in those Sections.
Click Publish when you're done.
146. How to Make Product Image 360 Degree View?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Product =>> Add New =>> Create Product add Multiple Images and Click Checkbox Aromatic 360 Image Setting Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:--
360 Setting
147. Flossy Pro Trending Product Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Trending Product Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Trending Product section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20233/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Trending Product section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title ,Subtitle & Description in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Trending Product Section.
Here, you can manage Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to Select the Category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Trending Product Section.
Here, you can select the product categories you want to display.
Use the No of Products Display Slider to manage how many products are shown.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to display the Tab.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
148. Footer Setup?
=>> How to Setup above Footer?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site, Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Footer=>> Quick Contact Section =>> Header
Enter Title
Then Click Publish Button.
How to Manage Quick Contact Info Content?
Login Your Site, Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Footer=>> Quick Contact Section =>> Content
Open Contact and Enter Title, Description, Link, Image Type Upload Icon Then Click Publish Button
Then Click Publish Button.
Column Setting
=>> How to Manage Footer Widgets?
Login Your Site, Go to Appearance=>> Widget=>> Add Footer Widget Footer1, Footer2, Footer3, Footer4, Then Click Publish Button
If you want to make the footer exactly like aromatic then you can assign a Custom HTML widget in footer 1 and use this HTML
footer 1
footer 2
Use Menu Navigation Widget Yoy Can Create a Menu Custom Link and Click Assign Menu Navigation Widget
then Click Publish Button.
Assign Menu in Widget
footer 3
Same Like Footer Menu but You Create Different Menu Use Menu Navigation Widget Yoy Can Create a Menu Custom Link and Click Assign Menu Navigation Widget
then Click Publish Button.
footer 4
If you want to make the footer exactly like aromatic then you can assign a Custom HTML widget in footer 4 and use this HTML
=>> How to Manage Footer Widget Layout?
Login Your Site, Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Footer=>> Footer Widget Area =>> Widget Layout
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage3 Sections =>> Product Section =>> Enter Section Title, Select Product Columns, Select Category and Select No of Products Display then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
150. Flossy Pro Deals of the Day 3 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Deals of the Day 3 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Description & Background Image in Deals of the Day 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Description & Background Image in Deals of the Day 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day 3 Section.
Here, you can manage the Title , Description & Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day 3 Section.
Scroll down until you see the COUNTDOWN section.
Here , you can manage the Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day 3 Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Countdown Timer.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
151. Header Section Setup For Storely and Child Themes
Site Identity
=>> How To Upload Logo?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Site Identity Upload Logo Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage Site Title & Tagline?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Site Identity =>> Site Title and Tagline> Add Your Site Title and Tagline Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How Manage Your Logo Width?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer =>>Header=>> Site Identity=>> Logo Width, Drag and manage Logo Width Then Click Publish Button
=>> How Manage Hide/Show Site Title and Tagline?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Site Identity=>> Click Check Box and Hide/Show Then Click Publish Button
=>> How To Upload Site Icon?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Site Identity=>> Select Site Icon =>> Upload image Then Click Publish Button
3 Step Given Screenshot For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>How Manage Site Title & Tagline Font Size?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Site Identity=>> Typography=>> Add title & Description Font Size =>>Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Header Type
=>> How Select Type of Header?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Type Header=>> Select Header and Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Above Header
=>> How to Manage Header Layout?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Above Header=>> Select Header Layout Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can i Add Text/Custom Html in Above Header Left Side(Section1) Area?
Yes, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Above Header=>> Click Section1 and Select Text and Custom Html Widget and Add Your Text/Html Here then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can i Change i Add more Social Icon Section2?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Above Header=>> Click Section2 and Select Social Icon Widget and Add Social Link and Icon Here then Click Publish Button
=>> Can i Manage Navigation Right side Area icon Hide/Show?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Header Navigation=>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can i Change Navigation Right side Area Cart Docker Style, Cart Title, Cart Close Title, Button Label and Link?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Header Navigation=>> Select Cart Docker Style, Enter Cart Title, Cart Close and Button Label Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can i Change Navigation Right side Area Button Label and Link?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Header Navigation=>> Enter Button Label Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Browse Section
=>> Can i Manage Browse Category Hide/Show and Change Title?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Browse Category Section=>> Click Check Box and Manage Hide/Show and Enter Title Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can i Manage Product Hide/Show?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Header=>> Browse Category Section=>> Product Search=>> Click Check Box and Manage Hide/Show Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Sticky Header
can i turn sticky header on and off:-
Yes Why not, Login Site, Go to Dashboard, Appearance>Customizer>Header>Sticky Header > Click Checkbox Hide/show Sticky Header Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
152. Product Grid Section Setup?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section =>> Product Grid Section =>> Upload Image and Enter Title and Link Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
153. Mega Mart Lite Slider Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Slider Section of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slide Title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Subtitle 3 and Button Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Text , Text 2 , Text 3 , Text 4 and Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Text , Text 2 , Text 3 , Text 4 and Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slider toggle to manage the Text , Text 2 , Text 3 , Text 4 and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
154. Pet Bazaar Pro 404 Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the 404 Page of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Icon , Description & Button Label in 404 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Icon , Description & Button Label in 404 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > 404 Page.
Here, you can manage the Icon , Description & Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
155. Mega Mart Pro Widget Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Widget of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Widgets from Dashboard ?"
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets.
On the Widgets pages ,you can add widgets by simply dragging and dropping them into various areas such as the Header Widget Areas, Sidebar Widget Area ,Footer 1 & others.
Once you have added your desired widgets to the appropriate areas, click Save to apply the changes.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Widgets from Customizer ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Widgets.
Once you've reached here, you will find various areas such as Header Widget Area 2 , Footer 1 , Footer 2 & others.
You can choose any of those areas where you would like to add the Widget.
After reaching here click on Add a Widget button.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select a widget of your choice by clicking on it.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: When adding Widgets from the Customizer, you may not see all available widget areas, such as the Sidebar Widget Area, WooCommerce Widget Area, and others. To access all widget areas, we recommend adding widgets directly from the Dashboard for a complete list of options.
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage3 Sections =>> Product Grab Section =>> Left Content =>> Enter Title, Description, Button Lebel 1, Link, Button Label 2, Link and Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Image Upload
158. Style Configurator Setup?
=>> Page Layout
Website Layout
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Appearance =>> Costomizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Website Layout, Select Layout Boxed and Full Width Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Preset Background Image
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Appearance =>> Costomizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Preset Background Image, Select Background Image Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Custom Background Image
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Appearance =>> Costomizer =>> Style Configurator=>>Add Custom Background Image, Select Custom Background Image Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Custom Background Color
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Appearance =>> Costomizer =>> Style Configurator=>>Add Custom Background Color, Select Custom Background Color Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Front Pallte
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Front Pallate Added for testing only
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Appearance =>> Costomizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Front Pallate Click Check Box and Manage Hide Show Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
159. How Activate Recommended Plugin Installation?
Login Your Site Dashboard, Go to Appearance =>> Install Plugins =>> Install & Activate it.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
160. General Setup
Preloader
=>>can i enable/disable the Preloader?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Preloader=>> Click Check and Manage Hide/Show Preloader Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Container
=>> Can I increase or decrease the width of the container?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Container =>>Container Width=>> Slide range slider or Fill Value Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I increase or decrease the Top Bottom Padding of the Sections?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Container =>> Top Bottom Padding=>> Slide range slider or Fill Value Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Sidebar
=>> Can I set the blog page's sidebar to the right, left, or center?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> default page Layout =>> Click Layout and add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Archive Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Single Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Blog Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Search Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Woocommerce Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I set Sidebar Width and Typography?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Options =>> Slide range slider or Fill Value Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Top Scroller
=>> Can I Change Top Scroller Icon and Hide/Show?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Top Scroller =>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show and Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Page Breadcrumb
=>> Can I Manage Breadcrumb Hide/Show and Enable/Disable Page Title and Path?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show and Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Manage Breadcrumb Height and Change Separator?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>>Content=>> Add Separator and Slide range slider or Fill Value manage breadcrumb Height Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Manage Breadcrumb Image Change and Image Attachment Fixed and Scroll ?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>>Background=>> Click and Upload Image and Click the Background Attachment Dropdown You Want Attachment You Select Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Change Breadcrumb Image Color Overlay and Opacity?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>>Background=>> Slide range slider or Fill Value manage Image Opacity and Click the Color Palate and Select Overlay Color Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Change Breadcrumb Content Typography?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>>Typography=>> Slide range slider or Fill Value manage Breadcrumb Title Font Size and Content Font Size Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Newsletter
=>> Can I Manage Newsletter Popup Hide/Show and Change Title Description?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Newsletter=>>Settings, Content=>> Click Checkbox and Manage Newsletter hide/show Then Select Newsletter Style and Change Title and Description Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can i Add Short code and Change Image and Background Image?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Newsletter=>> Enter Short Code Here And Click Change Image image Upload Image Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Background Image
161. Section Reorder Management?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login to Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Section Reorder =>> Manage Drage and Drop and Manage Section Reorder then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
162. Flossy Lite Background Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Background Image of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Image of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage Background Image of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Background Image.
Here, you can manage the Background Image of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
163. Blog Setup Frontpage2 Section?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage 2 Sections =>> Blog Section =>> Header =>> Enter Section Title, Select Category, Select Column, Select No of Display Blog and then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
164. I bought shopient Pro theme but got Storely Pro theme, Why ?
nothing to worry about it, Shopient Pro theme is Storely child theme, you can easily convert it to Shopient with 2 steps:-
Step1:- Initial
Step2:- Demo Import
Step1:- Initial:-
Step1:- Change Header Type
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Header =>>Header Type =>> Select Header6 Then Click Publish Button
Step2:- Change Slider
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Frontpage Section =>>Slider Section =>> Select Slider6 Then Click Publish Button
Step3:- Change Theme Color
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Style Configurator =>>Theme Color =>> Color Type =>> Select Custom Color =>> Fill Your Primary & Secondary Color Storess Color Code #f37421 Then Click Publish Button
165. How to Make Product Image 360 Degree View?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Product =>> Add New =>> Create Product add Multiple Images and Click Checkbox Storely 360 Image Setting Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
360 Setting
166. Blog Page Setup?
=>> How to Make a Blog Page?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Pages=>> Add New=>> Enter Page Name=>> Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Assign Blog Page on Page Template?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Pages=>> Setting=>> Reading=>> Select Static Page=>> Select Post Page “Blog” Then Click Save Change Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Assign Blog Masonry Page Category?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Blog Page=>> Blog Masonry=>> Select category for Blog Masonry Page=>> Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Make Blog Sticky?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Site, Go to Dashboard Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Blog Page=>> Blog Sticky=>> 1. You Select Default Page Layout
2. Add Sticky Content
3. Select Background Color
Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
167. Mega Mart Pro Header Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Image of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Header Image in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Image in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header Image.
Here, you can manage the Header Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
168. How to Install Ayroma Free Theme?
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Themes =>> Add New and search for Ayroma. Install and activate it.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
169. Pet Bazaar Pro FAQ Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the FAQ Page of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to create a FAQ from Dashboard ?
Before managing FAQs in the Customizer, you'll need to first create FAQs in the Dashboard. Follow these steps to add new FAQs:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
Navigate to FAQ > Add New FAQ.
On the Add New FAQ page, you can:
Add a Title for your FAQ.
Enter the Description (the content of the FAQ).
Organize your FAQs by assigning Categories.
Once you've filled out the necessary information, click Publish.
(2) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Table Title in FAQ Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Table Title in FAQ Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > FAQ Page.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Table Title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Category Filter Tab and Faq Count in FAQ Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Category Hide/Show and Faq Count in FAQ Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > FAQ Page.
Here, from the CATEGORY SHOW/HIDE option, you can manage the Category Filter Tab by enabling or disabling the checkbox.
From the FAQ COUNT option, you can manage the number of FAQs displayed.
Click Publish when you're done.
170. Pet Bazaar Pro Contact Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Contact Page of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Contact Content in Contact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Content in Contact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Open the Contact toggle to manage the Contact Content such as Title , Description & Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Enable the Section.
(2) How to manage the Contact Column in Contact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Column in Contact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Open the Contact Column dropdown to manage the Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Contact Form Section ?
Before understanding how to manage the Contact Form Section, let's first learn how to create and generate the shortcode for the Contact Form.
Creating Contact Form and Generating Shortcode
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create a contact form and generate a shortcode, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Contact > Add New.
On the Add New Contact Form page, you can add the title of the form, manage the form labels, etc.
Click Save when you're done.
After saving the new form, a shortcode will be generated. Copy it, as it will be required in the Customizer when managing the contact form section.
Note: The shortcode for a new form will only be generated once you have saved the new form, so make sure to save the form first.
Reminder: You can't create a form and generate a shortcode without installing and activating the Contact Form 7 plugin, so make sure to install and activate this plugin.
Tip: If you are unfamiliar with Contact Form 7 and its features, please go through this link to learn more about this plugin: Contact Form 7 Plugin.
Managing Contact Form Section
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Form section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT FORM SECTION. From here, you can manage the title, subtitle, and add the shortcode that you generated in the Contact Form section.
Once the shortcode is added, the contact form will appear on your site.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Map in Contact Map Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Map in Contact Map Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT MAP SECTION. From here, you can enter the Map Link.
Click Publish when you're done.
171. Mega Mart Lite Typography Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Typography of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Body Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Body Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Body Typography.
Here, you can manage the Body Typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Size, Line Height & Letter Spacing.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Headings Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Headings Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Headings.
In the H1 section, you can manage headings typography by adjusting various font attributes such as such as Font Size, Line Height & Letter Spacing..
You can do the same for H2 ,H3, H4 ,H5 & H6 by simply scrolling down.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Menu Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Menu Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Menu Typography.
Here, you can manage the Menu Typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Size, Line Height & Letter Spacing.
Click Publish when you're done.
172. Retailsy Free – Demo Import Setup
If You want to Import Demo Setup for Retailsy free Theme.
1. First you Need to Install & Activate Required Plugin for Demo Import Setup.
Follow Some Steps : –
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize
After Then You Can See in given Below Image.
You Need to Install & Activate Woocommerce Plugin From Customizer.
Note : – It takes Some time so Be paitents And Don’t Press Go back Button or Refresh the Page.
Now Install & Activate eCommerce Companion Plugin From Customizer.
Note : – It takes Some time so Be paitents And Don’t Press Go back Button or Refresh the Page.
After Then Install & Activate Classic Widget Plugin From Customizer.
Note : – It takes Some time so Be paitents And Don’t Press Go back Button or Refresh the Page.
Now Check Your Retailsy Free Theme.
Your Demo Import Setup is Complete Successfully.
173. Flossy Lite Typography Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Typography of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Body Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Body Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Body Typography.
Here, you can manage the Body Typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Headings Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Headings Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Headings.
In the H1 section, you can manage headings typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
You can do the same for H2 ,H3, H4 ,H5 & H6 by simply scrolling down.
Click Publish when you're done.
174. Mega Mart Pro Theme Setup
Welcome to the Mega Mart Pro Theme Documentation! In this guide, we will walk you through the process of installing and activating your Mega Mart Pro theme.
So without any further delay, Let's move forward to the Topic.
(1) How to Install and Activate Mega Mart Pro ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
Step-by-Step Instructions:
Step 1: From the WordPress Dashboard, Navigate to Appearance > Themes.
Step 2: Click on Add New Theme.
Step 3: At the top of the page, click on Upload Theme. You will be prompted to upload the Mega Mart Pro theme file from your computer.
Step 4: Select the theme package file, then click Install Now.
Once the installation is complete, activate your theme by clicking on Activate.
Step 5: Once the theme is installed, click on the Replace active with uploaded button to activate the newly uploaded theme.
175. Flossy Lite Footer Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Footer of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to Manage Footer Widgets in the Dashboard ?
Before setting up the footer in the Customizer, it's important to know how to manage footer widgets directly from the Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Widgets in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets.
In the Widgets section, you can drag and drop various widgets from the Available Widgets to the Footer 1, Footer 2, and Footer 3 widget areas.
Once you've made the necessary changes, click Save to apply them.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Below Footer in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Below Footer in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Here, you can manage the Below Footer Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
176. Flossy Pro Special Product Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Special Product Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Special Product section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20233/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Special Product section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Special Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Special Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections> Special Product Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & Description in Special Product Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to Select the Category & No of Products Display in Special Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Special Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Special Product Section.
Here, you can select the product categories you want to display.
Use the No of Products Display Slider to manage how many products are shown.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
177. Flossy Pro Team Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Team Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Team Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Team Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Team Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & Description in Team Section,.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Team member in Team Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Team member in Team Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Team Section.
Here,in the Team Section, Open the Team Details toggle to manage the Team member in Team Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
178. Mega Mart Pro Testimonial Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Testimonial Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Testimonial Title and Select Column in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial Title and Select Column in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Testimonial Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Section Title.
From the Select Column dropdown you can manage the Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Testimonial Content in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial Content in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
1. From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
2. On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Testimonial Section.
3. Open the Testimonial Toggle to manage the content such as Client Name , Designation , Review Text , Star Rating , Product Title and Product Price.
4. You can also manage the Testimonial Images.
5. Click Publish when you're done.
179. I bought Feauty Pro theme but got Aromatic Pro theme, Why ?
Nothing to Worry About it, Feauty Pro Theme is an Aromatic Child Theme, You can Easily Convert it to Feauty Theme
Initial
Step1:- Homepage Setup As a Frontpage
Here you can choose what’s displayed on the homepage of your site. The options are:
Go to Setting =>>Reading =>>Select a Static page Check Box> Select Homepage3> And Click save change Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Step2:- Change Header Type
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Customize =>> Header =>> Header Type =>> Select Header1 Then Click Publish Button.
Step3:- Change Theme Color
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Style Configurator =>>Theme Color =>> Color Type =>> Select Custom Color =>> Fill Your Primary Ayroma Color Code #89af0c Then Click Publish Button
Note:- Feauty Theme To manage further sections, you can make changes using the front page3 section.
180. How Can Change Stock Badge Label?
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Product=>> Add New=>> Add Product Title, Description, Images
and Click Sale Badge, Enter Badge Label
after Add Click Publish Button.
See screenshots
181. How to Manage Blog Section?
How to Manage Blog Section Hide/Show, Section Title, and No of Blog Display?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>> Blog Sections Click the Check box and Manage Hide/show, Enter Section Title, and Select No of Blog Display.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
182. Flossy Pro Refund Policy Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Refund Policy Page of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Refund Policy Page won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to Manage the Refund Policy Section in Refund Policy Page ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage Refund Policy Section in Refund Policy Page, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Refund Policy Page.
Here, you can manage the Refund Policy section title, subtitle, description, and FAQs.
Click Publish when you're done.
183. Typography Management?
=>> How to Manage Body Typography?
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Costomizer =>>Typography =>> Body Typography
Manage Body and Click Publish Button.
=>> How to Manage Hedings Typography?
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Costomizer =>>Typography =>>Headings
Manage Body and Click Publish Button.
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
=>> Howto Manage Menu Typography?
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Costomizer =>>Typography =>>Menus
Manage Body and Click Publish Button.
184. Retailsy Free – Header Navigation/Menu Setup
1. How to Setup Header Menu?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Click on Menu => Menu structure
Enter a menu name in menu structure by (Primary Menu) and at the bottom, menu structure check it on the primary menu & click on save menu.
2. How to Setup Footer Menu?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Click on Menu => Menu structure
Enter a menu name in menu structure by (footer menu) and at the bottom, menu structure check it on the Footer menu & click on save menu.
3. How to Create Custom link For Header Menu?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Click on Menu => Menu structure
On the left side, you can see Add Menu Items => Custom links In URL pass ( # ) and in Link text Enter menu name. Click on Add to Menu.
185. Sales Info Section Setup?
You can add sales info section very easily
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customize =>> Frontpage Section =>>Sales Info Section =>> First, Add Title, Subtitle, Enter Your Offer Text and Coupon Code Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
186. How to Add Product Sale Timer?
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Product=>> Add New=>> Enter Product Title, Description, Product Images, Click Countdown and Changes Setting According Screenshot Then Click Publish Button.
187. Retailsy Premium – Header Topbar Setup
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Widgets => Header Widget Area 1
Here you can see how can you customize Header Top bar Widgets From Customizer.
In Given Below Image You can See Left Side Widget Customizer Settings, So you can Change Setting or Manage As you Want.
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Menu => Language
If you want to Change language related Settings From Customizer As You Can See In given Below Image how you can Customize Language Setting.
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Widgets => Header Widget Area 3
If you Want to manage or Change Right Side Widgets Area Social icons As You Can See in Given Below Image How you can do Changes on Social Icon widget area.
188. Slider Setup Frontpage3 Section?
We have given a very easy Customizer setting, using which you can easily set up the slider.
Front Page Section3
Slider Setup
=>>How to Manage Slider Content?
You will login to your site and follow the location
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage3 Section =>> Slider Section =>> Content =>> Slide, After Click Slide menu Fill Title, Subtitles,Subtitle2, Description, Buttons Label, and Links, Select Slider Align & Upload Slider Image, Click you Can Delete Slide and Click Add New Button Add New Slides Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Images on Slider
=>>Can I Manage Slider Content Color?
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage 2 Section =>> Slider Section =>> Slider Colors =>> Select Title, Subtitle, Price, Description Color Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
189. How to download the premium package and activate the license key after purchasing premium?
Click Purchase Button =>> View License =>> Click Key Icon and Copy your Licence Key.
After Download Premium Theme Kindly Install and Activate
How to Activate License Key?
Login to your WordPress site and go to Appearance =>> Theme License Enter the license Key then click the save Changes Button.
190. Mega Mart Pro Deal Three Products Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product Three Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Card One Content in Deal Three Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Card One Content in Deal Three Products Section, follow these steps:
1. From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
2. On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Deal Three Products Section.
3. From the CARD ONE , you can manage the Offer , Title , Subtitle and Button.
4. You can also manage the Image.
5. Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Card Two Content in Deal Three Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Card Two Content in Deal Three Products Section, follow these steps:
1. From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
2. On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Deal Three Products Section.
3. Scroll down until you see the CARD TWO Section.
4. From the CARD TWO , you can manage the Offer , Title , Subtitle and Button.
5. You can also manage the Image.
6. Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Card Three Content in Deal Three Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Card Three Content in Deal Three Products Section, follow these steps:
1. From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
2. On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Deal Three Products Section.
3. Scroll down until you see the CARD THREE Section.
4. From the CARD THREE , you can manage the Offer , Title , Subtitle and Button.
5. You can also manage the Image.
6. Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Card Four Content in Deal Three Products Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Card Four Content in Deal Three Products Section, follow these steps:
1. From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
2. On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Deal Three Products Section.
3. Scroll down until you see the CARD FOUR Section.
4. From the CARD FOUR , you can manage the Offer , Title , Subtitle and Button.
5. You can also manage the Image.
6. Click Publish when you're done.
191. Flossy Pro Sponsor Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Sponsor Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Sponsor Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Sponsor Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to add the Sponsor Image in Sponsor Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To add the Sponsor Image in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor Section.
Here, Open the Sponsor Toggle to add Sponsor Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Sponsor Columns in Sponsor Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sponsor Columns in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Sponsor Section.
Scroll down until you find the Select Column dropdown, then open it.
From here, you can adjust the number of Sponsor Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
192. Flossy Lite Site Identity Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Site Identity of the Flossy Lite theme. This guide will help you adjust the header to match your site’s branding and functionality requirements.
(1) How to manage the Logo, Site Title,Tagline and Logo width in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Logo, Site Title, Tagline and Logo Width in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Site Identity.
Here, you can manage the Logo, Site Title , Tagline and Logo Width in the Header Section.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Display Site Title and Tagline is checked if you want to display the Site Title and Tagline.
(2) How to manage the Site Icon in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Site Icon in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Site Identity.
Here, you can manage the Site Icon in the Header Section.
Click Publish when you’re done.
193. Mega Mart Pro WooCommerce Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the WooCommerce of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the WooCommerce option won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Store Notice.
Here, you can manage the Store Notice.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Enable store notice is checked if you want to display the Store Notice.
(2) How to manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Catalog.
Here, you can manage various Product Settings such as Product Style selection, what to display on the Shop Page, what to show on the Product Category Page, how products should be sorted, Products per row, Rows per page and Related Product Column.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Zoom Magnifier in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Zoom Magnifier in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Zoom Magnifier.
After reaching here, open the Zoom Window Position dropdown and select between Right Side or Inside.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Product Images in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Images in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Images.
Here, you can manage various Product Images settings such as main image width, thumbnail width, and thumbnail cropping.
Click Publish when you're done.
194. How to Manage Product Grab Section?
How to Manage Product Grab Section Hide/Show, Title, and Description?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>> Product Grab Section Click the Check box and Manage Hide/show, Enter Title, and Description.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Product Grab Section Button Label, Link, Upload Image?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>> Product Grab Section Enter Button Label, and Upload Image.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
195. Flossy Pro Deals of the Day 2 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Deals of the Day 2 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Description , Deal Name , Price and Button in Deals of the Day 2 section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Description , Deal Name , Price and Button Label in Deals of the Day 2 section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day 2.
Here, you can manage Title , Description , Deal Name , Price and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Product 1 Content in Deals of the Day 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product 1 Content in Deals of the Day 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day 2 Section.
Scroll down until you see the Product 1 Image.
Here , you can manage Product 1 Content.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Product 2 Content in Deals of the Day 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product 2 Content in Deals of the Day 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day 2 Section.
Scroll down until you see the Product 2 Image.
Here , you can manage Product 2 Content
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Deals of the Day 2 Section.
Scroll down until you see the COUNTDOWN section
Here , you can manage the Countdown Timer in Deals of the Day 2 Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Countdown Timer.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
196. Flossy Pro Header Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Image of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Header Image in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Image in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header Image.
Here, you can manage the Header Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
197. Flossy Lite General Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Top Scoller and Page Breadcrumb of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Top Scroller in General?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Top Scroller in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Top Scroller.
Here, you can manage the Top Scroller by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show Scroller option.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(2) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Here, you can manage the Page Breadcrumb Background Image and Overlay Color.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display Breadcrumb Section.
198. Mega Mart Lite Header Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Section of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Logo, Site Title , Tagline , Logo width and Site Icon in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Logo, Site Title, Tagline , Logo Width and Site Icon in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header >Site Identity.
Here, you can manage the Logo, Site Title , Tagline Logo Width and Site Icon.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Display Site Title and Tagline is checked if you want to display the Site Title and Tagline.
(2) How to manage the Header Animate Slider and Deal Text in Above Header ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Animate Slider and Deal Text in Above Header, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
In the Animation Text field, you can create your Header Animate Slider by separating each sentence or word with a comma.
From the Day Text feild , you can enter the Deal Text.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display Text.
(3) How to manage the Track Order and Left Content in Above Header ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Track Order and Left Content in Above Header, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
Scroll down until you see the TRACK ORDER LINK.
Enable the Hide/Show checkbox to display the Tracker.
Open the Content toggle to manage the Left Content such as Text , Text 2 and Icon.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display Text.
(4) How to manage the Navigation Icon and Contact Button in Header Navigation ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Navigation Icon and Contact Button in the Header Navigation, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Here, you will find the Hide/Show checkboxes for each navigation icon.
You can manage whether to display specific navigation icons by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show checkbox.
From the CONTACT Section , enable the Hide/Show checkbox to display the Button.
You can manage the Contact Button content such as Icon , Contact Title and Contact Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Social Icon and Product Search in the Header Navigation ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Social Icon and Product Search in the Header Navigation, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Scroll down until you see the Social toggle.
Open the Social toggle to manage the Social Icon.
Enable the Hide/Show checkbox from the PRODUCT SEARCH to display the Search Bar.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Sticky Header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sticky Header in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Sticky Header.
Here, you can manage the Sticky Header by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
199. Flossy Lite Latest Product Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Latest Product Section of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Latest Product section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20303/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Latest Product section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Latest Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Latest Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product Section.
Here, you can manage Section Title , Subtitle & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Latest Product Section.
(2) How to Select the Category in Latest Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Latest Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product Section.
Here, you can select the product categories you want to display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to display the Tab.
200. How to Manage Slider Section?
How to Manage Slider Section Hide/Show?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Slider Section =>> Click Check box and Manage Hide/show.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Slider Section Content?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Slider Section =>> Enter Title, Subtitle, Subtitle2, Description, Button Label, Link.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
Select Slider Align, Upload Background Image, Sub Image If you want to add a new slide, click on Add New Slider Tab.
If you want more than 3 sliders then you have to purchase the premium version
201. Flossy Pro WooCommerce Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the WooCommerce of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the WooCommerce option won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Store Notice in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Store Notice.
Here, you can manage the Store Notice.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Enable store notice is checked if you want to display the Store Notice.
(2) How to manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Catalog in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Catalog.
Here, you can manage various Product settings such as what you want to display on the Shop page, what to show on the Product Category page, how you want products to be sorted, products per row, and rows per page.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to Manage the Product Images in WooCommerce ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Product Images in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Product Images.
Here, you can manage various Product Images settings such as main image width, thumbnail width, and thumbnail cropping.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to Manage the Checkout in WooCommerce?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Checkout in WooCommerce, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to WooCommerce > Checkout.
Here, you can manage various Checkout settings such as field names, privacy policy page, terms & conditions page, and privacy policy.
Click Publish when you're done.
202. Retailsy Premium – Demo Import Setup
You need to install required plugins before importing premade demos.
Right after the theme was activated, a notification at the top of the screen will suggest to continue with the installation of the plugins recommended for getting the best our of your theme.
=>> How Install Required Plugins?
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Install Plugins =>> Install & Activate it.
=>> One Click Demo Import?
Before Import Demo, Confirm that the One Click Demo Import plugin has been installed and activated.
If You Want to Import Demo Data For Retailsy Pro theme Firstly you need to Install & Activate All Required Plugins.
After that you can start Import Demo Data process.
After Click On Premade Demo Sub menu Button.
You Can See Premade Demo page.
At the bottom of the page you can see Import Demo Data Button click on it.
To Continue Import Demo Data Process click Given Continue & Import button.
Note :- Please Skip Other Plugin just click on Continue & Import button.
As You Can See in Given Below Image When you Click on Continue & Import button WordPress Will Process Import Demo data Work.
Note :-Demo Importing process will take some time. Kindly be patience.
Please sit tight while we import your content. Do not refresh the page or hit the back button.
When your Import demo Data Process Complete click on visit site Button to See your Retailsy Pro Demo data.
203. Theme Color Setup?
=>> Prebuild Theme Color
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Theme Color, Choose Predefine Color Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Custom Theme Color
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Style Configurator=>> Theme Color=>> Select Predefine Color, Choose Predefine Color Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
204. Image Zoom Magnifier Setting?
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Woo commerce=>> Zoom Magnifier
Check Setting Given Screenshot then Click Publish Button.
Note:- For best zoom magnifier result you need to keep the product image size800x800
205. Popular Product Section Setup?
=>> Can I Change Product Title?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Popular Product Section=>> Header=>> Title=>> Now Change the Title.
. Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>Can I Manage Category Hide/Show and Select Category Filter?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Popular Product Section=>> Content=>> Now Click Checkbox and manage Category Hide/show.
. Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>Can I set the product in 2 or 3 columns?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Popular Product
Section=>> Content =>> Select Column=>> Now Select Column
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>Can I show more than 1 product or less than that?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site go to Appearance>Customizer>FrontPage> Popular Product Section>Content >No of Products Display. You can manage with the range slider how many products you have to show
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>Can I Manage product Animation Speed?
You absolutely can follow this Article Login Your Site go to Appearance>Customizer>FrontPage> Popular Product Section>Content >Animation Speed. You can manage with the range slider how many products you have to show
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
206. Blog Setup Frontpage3?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage 3 Sections =>> Blog Section =>> Header =>> Enter Section Title, Select Category, Select Column, Select No of Display Blog and then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
207. How Manage Page Breadcrumb and Page top Scroller?
How to Upload Logo?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> General =>>Top Scroller =>> Click Check box and Manage Hide/show.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Page Breadcrumb?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> General =>> Page Breadcrumb =>> Click Check box and Manage Hide/show Upload Background Image Change Color Overlay and Color.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
208. How Make Compare Page?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Aromatic Options =>> Storely Compare List =>> View More Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
209. General Setup?
Container
=>> Can I increase or decrease the width of the container?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> General =>> Container =>> Container Width=>> Slide range slider or Fill Value Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Sidebar
=>> Can I set the blog page's sidebar to the right, left, or center?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> default page Layout =>> Click Layout and add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Archive Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Single Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Blog Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Search Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Woo commerce Page Layout Click Layout add you want Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I set Sidebar Width and Typography?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Sidebar =>> Options =>> Slide range slider or Fill Value Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Top Scroller
=>> Can I Change Top Scroller Hide/Show?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Top Scroller =>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show and Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Page Breadcrumb
=>> Can I Manage Breadcrumb Hide/Show and Enable/Disable Page Title and Path?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show and Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Manage Breadcrumb Image Change and Color Overlay, Opacity?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>>Background=>> Click and Upload Image and Click the Background Attachment And Slide Range Slider and Manage Color Overlay Opacity and Click Color Palette Change Overlay Color Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Change Breadcrumb Content Typography?
Yes, Of Course Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> General=>> Page Breadcrumb =>>Typography=>> Slide range slider or Fill Value manage Breadcrumb Title Font Size and Content Font Size Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
210. Flossy Pro Blog Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Blog Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20220
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Blog Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Blog Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section.
Here, you can manage Title , Subtitle & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Blog Column & No of Blog Display in Blog Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Blog Column & No of Blog Display in Blog Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section.
Open the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns for the blog layout.
Use the No of Blogs Display slider to adjust how many blog posts are shown.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to display the Tab.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
211. Upload Header Images?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login to Your Site and Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Header Image =>> Click ADD New Image Button Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
212. Flossy Pro Latest Product 2 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Latest Product 2 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Latest Product 2 section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20233/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Latest Product 2 section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Latest Product 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage Section Title & Description in Latest Product 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product 2 Section.
Here, you can manage Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to Select the Category & No of Products Display in Latest Product 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Latest Product 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product 2 Section.
Here, you can select the product categories you want to display.
Use the No of Products Display Slider to manage how many products are shown.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/ShowTab is checked if you want to display the Tab.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
213. Mega Mart Pro Brand Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Brand Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Brand Title and Select Column in Brand Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Brand Title and Select Column in Brand Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Brand Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Section Title.
From the Select Column dropdown you can manage the Column.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Brand Content in Brand Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Brand Content in Brand Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Brand Section.
Open the Brand Toggle to manage the Brand Content such as Title and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
214. Retailsy Free – 3 Banner Box Setup
1.How to Setup & Manage Banner Section?
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpage Section => Banner Section
If You Want To manage Banner Section as you can See in Given Below Image
You can Change & Customize banner Box Image, Title, Description and Button.
215. Mega Mart Lite Info Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Info Section of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Info content in Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Info content in Info Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Info Section.
Open the Info toggle to manage the content such as Title , Subtitle and Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
216. Flossy Pro Header Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Logo, Site Title,Tagline and Logo width in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Logo, Site Title, Tagline and Logo Width in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Site Identity.
Here, you can manage the Logo, Site Title, and Tagline in the Header Section.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Display Site Title and Tagline is checked if you want to display the Site Title and Tagline.
(2) How to Manage the Site Icon, Site Title, and Description Font Size in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Site Icon, Site Title, and Description font size in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Site Identity.
Scroll down to the Site Icon section to manage the Site Icon.
For the Site Title and Description, scroll to the Typography section below the Site Icon, where you can adjust the Font Size.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to Manage the Header Type in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Type in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Type.
Use the Header Type dropdown to choose the desired header style.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Above header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Above header in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
Here, you can manage the Above Header content such as layout, sections, title, etc.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the title.
(5) How to manage the Header Navigation in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Navigation in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Here, you will find the Hide/Show checkboxes for each navigation icon.
You can manage whether to display specific navigation icons by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Cart Close Title in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Cart Close Title in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Here, you will find the Cart Close Title option. Enter the desired name in the provided field to manage the Cart Close Title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Offer Code , Product Search & Contact us in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Offer Code, Product Search, and Contact Us options in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Scroll down to the OFFER CODE section, where you'll also find options for Offer Code, Product Search, and Contact Us.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: These options are only available in Header Type 3. Make sure to select Header Type 3 first, then return here to manage the settings and verify the changes.
(8) How to manage the Sticky Header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sticky Header in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Sticky Header.
Here, you can manage the Sticky Header by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
217. Flossy Pro About Us Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the About Us Page of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Description in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page .
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in About Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Section is checked if you want to display the About Section.
(2) How to manage the Background Image in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page .
Scroll down until you see the Page About Background Image option.
Here , you can manage Background Image in About Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Year Title , Year , Content Title in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Year Title , Year , Content Title in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Year Title option.
Here , you can manage Year Title , Year , Content Title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Section Title ,Subtitle & Description in Why Choose Us Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title ,Subtitle & Description in Why Choose Us Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the WHY CHOOSE SECTION.
Here , you can manage the Section Title ,Subtitle & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Background Image in Why Choose Us Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image in Why Choose Us Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see Page About Background Image.
Here , you can manage Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to Manage the Feature Box Title, Description, Image Type, & Icon in Why Choose Us Section?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the feature box title, description, image type, and icon in Why Choose Us Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Why Choose Us toggle.
Open the toggle to manage the feature box title, description, image type, and icon in the Why Choose Us Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Description and Video URL in Features Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Description and Video URL in Features Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the FEATURES SECTION.
Here, you can manage the Description and Video URL.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Section is checked if you want to display the Feature Section.
(8) How to manage the Video Background Image in Features Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Video Background Image in Features Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Video Background Image.
Here, you can manage Video Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(9) How to manage the Feature box in Features Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Feature box in Features Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Features Toggle.
Open the toggle to manage Feature box.
Click Publish when you're done.
(10) How to manage the Section title ,Subtitle & Description in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage Section title ,Subtitle & Description in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the TESTIMONIAL SECTION.
Here ,You can manage Section title ,Subtitle & Description in Testimonial Section .
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Section is checked if you want to display the Testimonial Section.
(11) How to manage the Testimonial Box in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial Box in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Testimonial toggle.
Open the toggle to manage the Testimonial box.
Click Publish when you're done.
(12) How to manage the Section title ,Subtitle & Description in Sponsors Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section title ,Subtitle & Description in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the CLIENT SECTION.
Here ,You can manage Section Title ,Subtitle & Description .
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Section is checked if you want to display the Client Section.
(13) How to manage the Sponsors Image in Sponsors Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sponsors Image in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Sponsor Toggle.
Open the toggle to manage Sponsors Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(14) How to manage the Column & Background Image in Sponsors Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column & Background Image in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column dropdown.
Open the dropdown to manage the columns. Below it, you'll find the option to manage the background image.
Click Publish when you're done.
218. Flossy Lite Theme Setup
Welcome to the Flossy Lite Theme Documentation! In this guide, we will walk you through the process of installing and activating your Flossy Lite theme.
So without any further delay, Let's move forward to the Topic.
(1) How to Install and Activate Flossy Lite ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
Step-by-Step Instructions:
Step 1 : From the WordPress Dashboard, Navigate to Appearance > Themes.
Step 2 : Click on Add New Theme.
Step 3 : In the search bar, type Flossy.
Step 4 : Once you find the theme, hover over it and click Install.
Step 5 : After installation is complete, activate your theme by clicking on Activate.
219. Product Grid Section Setup Frontpage2?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section 2=>> Product Grid Section =>> Enter Title, Description, Button Label, Link Upload Image and Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
220. Flossy Lite Widget Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Widget of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the WIdgets from Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets
On the Widgets pages ,you can add widgets by simply dragging and dropping them into various areas such as the Header Widget Area, Footer, Sidebar, and more.
Once you have added your desired widgets to the appropriate areas, click Save to apply the changes.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the WIdgets from Customizer ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Widgets > Footer Widget.
Once you've reached here, click on the Add a Widget button.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select a widget of your choice by clicking on it.
221. After I changed the slider image, why the image is it appearing smaller?
There is nothing to worry about, you can use the size (840x450 Px) slider for good image quality, and your image quality will remain good.
Login Your wordpress Dashboard go appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Slide, Upload jpg Image.
Image2
There is nothing to worry about, you can use the size (345x400 Px) slider for good image quality, and your image quality will remain good.
Login Your wordpress Dashboard go appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section =>> Slider Section =>> Slide, Upload Png Image.
222. Pet Bazaar Pro Widget Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Widget of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Widgets from Dashboard ?"
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets
On the Widgets pages ,you can add widgets by simply dragging and dropping them into various areas such as the Header Widget Areas, Sidebar Widget Area ,Footer 1 & others.
Once you have added your desired widgets to the appropriate areas, click Save to apply the changes.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Widgets from Customizer ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Widgets.
Once you've reached here, you will find various areas such as Header Widget Area 2 & Header Widget Area 3 , Footer 1 , & others .
You can choose any of those areas where you would like to add the Widget.
After reaching here click on Add a Widget button.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select a widget of your choice by clicking on it.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: When adding Widgets from the Customizer, you may not see all available widget areas, such as the Sidebar Widget Area, WooCommerce Widget Area, and others. To access all widget areas, we recommend adding widgets directly from the Dashboard for a complete list of options.
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpage Section => Info Section
If You Want To manage Info Section as you can See in Given Below Image
You can Change & Customize Info Box Icon, text Content and some Colors Settings.
2.How to Change Column Setting of Info Section.
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpage Section => Info Section
In Customizer Settings of Info Section you Can see at the bottom of the settings Select Column Option.
Click To change the column Setting for Info Section.
224. Contact Page Setup?
=>> How to add contact page?
Yes You Can, follows this Article login your wordpress site goto dashboard =>>Pages =>> Add New, Enter your page title and select page template " Contact page" and Click publish button save changes.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Hide/Show Contact Page Info?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact Page=>>Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show and Enter Title or Description Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
How to Manage Contact Info Icon Content?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact Page=>> Enter Title or Subtitle, Description, Link1and Link2 Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
How to Add Social Icon in Contact Info?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact Page=>> Contact info =>> Image Type =>> Select Icon Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
How to Add Image in Contact Info?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact Page=>> Contact info =>> Image Type =>> Select Image and Upload Image Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
How to Add Social Icon in Contact Info?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact Page=>> Contact info =>> Social Icon =>> Click Check Box And Manage Socail icon Hide/Show, Select Select Icon and Link Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
How to Manage the Right Content Contact Form?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Contact Page=>> Right Content =>> Click Check Box and Manage Contact Form Hide/Show And Enter Short Code For Contact Form7 Then Click Publish Button.
How to Get Shortcode?
Login Your Site, Go to Dashboard=>> Plugins=>> add New Plugin=>> Add Contact Form 7 Plugin=>> Then Find Contact in CPT, Contact=>> Add New>Create Form
Make a New Contact Form
Click Save Button
Copy Shortcode
Enter Shortcode
225. I bought Shoply Pro theme but got Storely Pro theme, Why ?
nothing to worry about it, Shoply Pro theme is Storely child theme, you can easily convert it to Shoply with 2 steps:-
1:- Initial
2:- Demo Import
Step1:- Initial:-
Step1:- Change Header Type
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Header =>>Header Type =>> Select Header2 Then Click Publish Button
Step2:- Change Slider
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Frontpage Section =>>Slider Section =>> Select Slider2 Then Click Publish Button
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Style Configurator =>>Theme Color =>> Color Type =>> Select Custom Color =>> Fill Your Primary & Secondary Color Storess Color Code #82b638, Then Click Publish Button
Now your Shoply Theme is Ready to use.
2:- Demo Import
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Install Plugins>Select all Required Plugin and Install & Activate it.
Now Start Demo Import
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Premade Demos> Click Import Demo Data Button Not:- Demo Importing process will take some time. Kindly be patience. Please sit tight while we import your content. Do not refresh the page or hit the back button.
226. Flossy Pro Privacy Policy Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Privacy Policy Page of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Privacy Policy Page won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to Manage the Privacy Policy Section in Privacy Policy Page ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Privacy Policy Section in Privacy Policy Page, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Privacy Policy Page.
Here, you can manage the section title, subtitle, description, and FAQs.
Click Publish when you're done.
227. Best Deal Section Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Best Deal Section =>> Enter Section Title, Select Product you Want to Show, Fill Right Content title, Description and Button Label and Link then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Best Deal Section Right Content?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Best Deal Section =>> Enter Offer Text and Upload Image then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
228. Pet Bazaar Pro Footer Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Footer of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Footer Widgets in the Dashboard ?
Before setting up the Footer in the Customizer, it's important to know how to manage footer widgets directly from the Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Widgets in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets.
In the WidgetsPage, you can drag and drop various widgets from the Available Widgets to the Footer1 , Footer2 , Footer3 , Footer4 & Footer5 widget areas.
Once you've made the necessary changes, click Save to apply them.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Title & Description in Footer Above ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Footer Above , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
After reaching here you can manage the Title & Description in Footer Above.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Enable the Footer Above
(3) How to manage the Social Icons in Footer Above ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Social Icons in Footer Above , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
Scroll down until you see the Social Icon toggle.
Open the toggle to manage the Social Icons.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Info Item in Footer Above ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Info Item in Footer Above , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Above.
Scroll down until you see the Info Item toggle.
Open the toggle to manage the Info Item.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Layout in Footer Widget Area ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Layout in Footer Widget Area , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Widget Area.
Here, you will find several types of Layouts.
Select the Layout that is suitable for you.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Below Footer in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Below Footer in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Here, from the Layout option, you can manage the Layout of Below Footer.
You will also see three different sections named Section 1, Section 2, and Section 3.
From there you can manage the contents in those Sections.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Footer Background in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Background in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Background.
Here, you can manage various Background Settings of the Footer, such as Background Color, Opacity, and Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(8) How to manage the Footer Menu in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Menu in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Menu.
After reaching here you can manage the Footer Menu by enabling or disabling the Checkbox of various Footer Options such as Global , Home , Wishlist ,etc.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : This setting is specifically designed for devices with a screen width of less than992px. You won’t see any changes on larger devices.
(9) How to manage the Footer Contact in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Contact in Footer Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Contact.
Open the Contact Item toggle to manage the Footer Contact.
Click Publish when you're done.
229. Footer Setup?
=>> How to Setup above Footer?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
1. Left Content
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Footer=>> above footer=>> Left Content
1. Click Checkbox and Manage above footer hide/show
2. Enter Title
Then Click Publish Button.
2. Right Content
2. Add More Content Click add New Button
=>> How to Setup Footer Widget Area?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Footer=>> footer widget=>> Left Content=>>
1. Left Content
1. Click Checkbox and Manage Content Hide/show
2. Click Change Upload Logo.
3. Enter Title
Then Click Publish Button.
2. Content
Go to Appearance>Customizer>Footer>footer widget Area>Left Content>
1. Enter Title
2. Enter Link
3. Upload Icon
3. Footer Layout
Go to Appearance>Customizer>Footer>footer widget Area>Footer Widget Layout > Select Layout and Click Publish Button Save your Changes.
=>> How to Setup Below Footer?
1. Layout
Go to Appearance>Customizer=>> Footer=>> Below Footer=>> Layout =>> Select Layout and Click Publish Button Save your Changes.
2. Section1
Go to Appearance>Customizer=>> Footer=>> Below Footer=>> Section1 =>> Text/Html And Footer Menu Widget and Click Publish Button Save your Changes.
Example:- If you have selected text/html widget then add custom HTML
Download Apps
Then Click Publish Button
3. Copyright Content
Go to Appearance>Customizer=>> Footer=>> Below Footer=>> Copyright Content =>> Enter Your Text Here and Click Publish Button Save your Changes.
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the latest Super Mart Theme of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Setting up the Super Mart theme in Mega Pro is simple since the primary differences lie only in the Theme Type. Let’s walk through these steps:
Setting Up Theme Type
Before proceeding, ensure you’re logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Set up the Theme Type, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Themes > Themes.
Here select the Second number Theme
ClickPublish when you’re done.
231. Flossy Pro Terms & Conditions Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Terms & Conditions Page of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Terms & Conditions Page won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to Manage the Terms & Conditions Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Terms & Conditions Section in Terms & Conditions Page, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Terms & Conditions Page.
Here , you can manage Section title , subtitle , description & manage the FAQs.
Click Publish when you're done.
232. About Page Setup?
Login Your Site go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Page Template =>> About Page =>>Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show About Section and Enter Title, Subtitle, Content and Button Label, Button Link Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
How to Manage Right Content?
Login Your Site go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Page Template =>> About Page =>> Upload Image and Click Right Content Tab and Enter Content you want Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Info Section and Testimonial Hide/Show
Login Your Site go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Page Template =>> About Page =>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show Then Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Team Hide/Show
Login Your Site go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Page Template =>> About Page =>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show Then Click Now Publish Button
How Manage Team Box?
Login Your Site go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Page Template =>> About Page =>> Enter Title, Subtitle, Link, Upload Image, Add Social Icon and Link Then Click Now Publish Button
Manage Column Setting
233. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 5 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Frontpage 5 of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Image & Item Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Image & Item Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Image & Item Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slide Title , Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Slider Section.
Open the Slide toggle and scroll down until you see the Title Color/Color ,Subtitle Color/Color2 and Description Color/Color3.
Adjust the colors as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Slider Section.
Here, you have to scroll down till you see the Autoplay ? & Slider Speed option.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Autoplay ? is checked if you want to enable the Autoplay.
(4) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Category Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Category Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Category Product Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Category Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Service Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Service Content in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Service Content in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Service Section.
Open the Service toggle to manage the Service content such as Title , Description & Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
(8) How to manage the Columns in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Columns in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Service Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column dropdown.
Open the dropdown and choose the number of columns you want to display.
Click Publish when you're done.
(9) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Feature Product Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(10) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Feature Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
(11) How to manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Call To Action Section.
Here you can manage the Call To Action content such as Title , Description , Button Label & Image
Click Publish when you're done.
(12) How to manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Funfact Section.
Open the Funfact toggle to manage the Funfact content such as Title , Description & Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(13) How to manage the Column in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Funfact Section.
After reaching here from the Select Column dropdown , you can select number of Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
(14) How to manage the Banner Content in Banner Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Content in Banner Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Banner Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Banner contents such as Title , Subtitle , Button Label ,Button2 Label & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(15) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Trending Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(16) How to manage the Select Column , Side Image , Select category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Side Image , Select Category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Trending Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Side Image , Select Category & No of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(17) How to manage Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Testimonial Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section title and Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(18) How to manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Testimonial Section.
Open the Testimonial toggle to manage the Testimonial content such as Title , Subtitle , Description & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(19) How to manage the Column in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial Column in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Testimonial Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column dropdown to manage the Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
(20) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Of The Day Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Of The Day Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Deal Of The Day Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(21) How to manage the Select category , No of Products Display & Autoplay in Deal Of The Day Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Category , No of Products Display & Autoplay in Deal Of The Day Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Deal Of The Day Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Category , No. of Products Display & Autoplay.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Autoplay ? is checked if you want to Enable the Autoplay.
(22) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Team Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Team Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Team Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(23) How to manage the Team Content in Team Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Team Content in Team Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Team Section.
Open the Team toggle to manage the Team content such as Title , Subtitle , Image & Social Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(24) How to manage the Column in Team Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Team Column in Team Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Team Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column to manage the Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
(25) How to manage the Sponsors Image and Column in Sponsor Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sponsor Image and Column in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Sponsor Section.
Open the Sponsor toggle to manage Sponsor Image.
Below the Sponsor toggles, you will find the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
(26) How to manage the Blog Content in Blog Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Blog Content in Blog Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 5 > Blog Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Blog Content such as Section Title , Subtitle ,Select Category for Blog , Select Column , No of Blog Display & Enable Excerpt.
Click Publish when you're done.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide : https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20412/
234. Can i Add Product Video?
Yes, Login Your Site go to Dashboard, Product=>> Add New=>> Enter Title, Description, Image and Click Video URL, Enter Video YouTube URL then Click Publish Button
235. How to Add Storely Wishlist?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Storely Options =>> Storely Wishlist =>> View More Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
236. How Add Custom Related Product?
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Product =>> Add New =>> Make a Product Page and Follow Some Steps:- 1. Enter Product Name, Upload Product Image, Category, and Tag.
2. Below the product description is the linked product tab, click on it Add
3. After Click Linked Product Tab, You Can Add Related products.
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Custom Related Product Setting?
You will find the setting to the related product title, column, and section hide/show here
Login to Your Site to Dashboard, Storely options=>> Related Product =>> View More Then Click Save Change Button.
237. Custom Section Frontpage2 Section?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Custom Section
Enter Title and Enter Custom Html then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
238. EMI Module Setup?
To create an EMI model, you first need to create an EMI category such as Credit Cart, Debit Card, No Cost EMI Etc..
=>> How to Create EMI Category?
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, EMI=>> Category =>> Create New Category Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Create EMI ?
Yes, You Create Essily EMI Module for Your Website, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, EMI=>> Add New =>> Then Click Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage EMI Basic Settings ?
Yes, We have given basic and popup settings of EMI module from which you can easily manage, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Storely Options=>> EMI Popup =>> Click View More Button =>> Basic Setting=>> Manage EMI Settings Then Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage EMI Popup Settings?
Yes, We have given basic and popup settings of EMI module from which you can easily manage, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dahboard, Storely Options=>> EMI Popup =>> Click View More Button=>> Basic Setting, Manage EMI Settings Then Pubilsh Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
239. Mega Mart Pro Header Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Logo, Site Title , Tagline , Logo width and Site Icon in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Logo, Site Title, Tagline , Logo Width and Site Icon in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Site Identity.
Here, you can manage the Logo, Site Title , Tagline , Logo Width and Site Icon.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Display Site Title and Tagline is checked if you want to display the Site Title and Tagline.
(2) How to manage the Site Title and Description Font Size in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Site Title, and Site Description Font size in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Site Identity.
For the Site Title and Description, scroll to the TYPOGRAPHY section below the Site Icon, where you can adjust the Font Size.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Above Header Layout in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Above Header Layout in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
From here, you can choose the layout for your Above Header.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Section 1 Content Above Header in the Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section 1 Content Above Header in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
From the Section 1 dropdown, select Custom.
Then, open the Content toggle to add your Section 1 content, such as Text, Text 2, and Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : If you choose Widget from the Section 1 dropdown instead, you can add any widget of your choice in that area.
(5) How to manage the Section 2 Content Above Header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section 2 Content Above Header in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
From the Section 2 dropdown, select Custom.
In the Section 2 Custom field, you can create your Section 2 content slider by separating each sentence or word with a comma.
Use the Deal Text field to set or update the “Deal of the Day” text.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : If you choose Widget from the Section 2 dropdown instead, you can add any widget of your choice in that area.
(6) How to manage the Header Navigation Icons in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Naviggation Icons in Header Navigation in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Here, you can manage the Header Navigation Icons such as COMPARE , MY ACCOUNT , WISHLIST & CART by enabling or disabling them using the Hide/Show checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Contact Widget Area Content in Header Navigation in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Widget Area in Header Navigation in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT.
Here you can manage the Contact Widget Area Content such as Icon , Title and Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(8) How to manage the Browse Category Title and Subtitle in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Browse Category Title and Subtitle in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Browse Section.
Here you can manage the Title and Subtitle of Browse Category
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(9) How to manage the Menu Title in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Menu Title in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Browse Section.
Under Menu Title, you can manage the title as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: This Menu Title setting will only apply to devices with a screen width smaller than 992px. On devices with a width of 992px or greater, the menu title will not be displayed.
(10) How to manage the Browse Category Menu and Product Search in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Browse Category Menu and Product Search in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Browse Section.
Here you can manage the Browse Category Menu by Selecting the Category and No. of Category you want to be displayed.
From the PRODUCT SEARCH Section , you can manage the Product search text and Product Search Slider by using commas after each sentence or word from Placeholder Dynamic Text text field.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(11) How to manage the Sticky Header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sticky Header in Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Sticky Header.
From here you can manage the Sticky Header by Enabling or Disabling the checkbox
Click Publish when you're done.
240. Pet Bazaar Pro Style Configurator Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Style Configurator of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Theme Color in Style Configurator ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Theme Color in Style Configurator, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Theme Color.
Here, select the Color Type: either Prebuilt Color or Custom Color.
Prebuilt Color: Choose from pre-made color schemes for the theme.
Custom Color: Create your own color scheme by selecting the Primary and Secondary colors.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Front Pallate in Style Configurator ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Front Pallate in Style Configurator, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Style Configurator > Front Pallate.
Here, you can choose whether to display the Front Palette or not by enabling the checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
241. Flossy Pro Latest Product 3 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Latest Product 3 Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Latest Product 3 section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20233/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Latest Product 3 section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Description & Background Image in Latest Product 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Description & Background Image in Latest Product 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product 3 Section.
Here, you can manage Title , Description & Background Image in Latest Product 3 Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to Select the Category & No of Products Display in Latest Product 3 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To Select the Category & manage No of Products Display in Latest Product 3 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Latest Product 3 Section.
Here, you can select the product categories you want to display.
Use the No of Products Display Slider to manage how many products are shown.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
242. How to Add Sale Popup on My Website?
You can easily add sale popups to your website through the settings provided by Sellerthemes.
Following Some Steps:-
Login Your Site, Dashboard, Storely Options=>> View More=>> After Clicking View More Button, Showing Sale Popup Settings Fill Like Given Screenshot and Click Save Setting Button.
243. Pet Bazaar Pro About Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the About Page of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Here , you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(2) How to manage the Description & Button Label in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Description & Button Label in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Open the Description toggle to manage the Title and Description.
Scroll down until you see Button Label, from where you can manage the Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Image in About Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Image in About Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Image option, from where you can manage the Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Process Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Process Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see PROCESS SECTION.
From here , you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Section.
(5) How to manage the Process Content in Process Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Process Content in Process Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the Process toggle.
Open the toggle to manage Process Content such as Title , Description & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Column in Process Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column in Process Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > About Page.
Scroll down until you see the PROCESS SECTION.
Here from the Select Column option , you can select the number of columns to display.
Click Publish when you're done.
244. Mega Mart Lite Colors Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Colors of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Header Text and Background Color of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Text and Background Color of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Colors.
Here, you can manage the Header Text and Background Color of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
245. Flossy LIte CTA Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the CTA Section of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Button Label and Background Image in CTA Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Description, Button and Background Image in CTA Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > CTA Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Button Label , Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the CTA Section.
246. Can I change the label and link of the Need Help button?
Yes, Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Product=>> Add New=>> Add Product Title, Description, Images
and Click Sale Badge=>> Help Button=>> Enter Button Label and Link
after Add Click Publish Button.
See screenshots
247. Product Grid Section Setup Frontpage3?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section 3=>> Product Grid Section =>> Enter Title, Description, Button Label, Link, Upload Image and Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
248. Custom Section Frontpage3 Section?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Custom Section
Enter Title and Enter Custom Html then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
249. Flossy Pro Service Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Service Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section title , description , Image type and Icon in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Service title , description , Image type and Icon in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Service Section.
Here, Open the Service toggle.to manage Section title , description , Image type and Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : You can select whether to display an image or an icon in the Service section by using the Image Type dropdown option.
(2) How to manage the Columns in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Columns in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Service Section.
Here, Open the Select Column dropdown to manage Columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
250. How to Add Aromatic Wishlist?
Login to Your Site Go to Dashboard,=>> Aromatic Options =>> Aromatic Wishlist =>> View More Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
251. Flossy Pro FAQ Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the FAQ Page of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to create a FAQ from Dashboard ?
Before managing FAQs in the Customizer, you'll need to first create FAQs in the Dashboard. Follow these steps to add new FAQs:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
Navigate to FAQ > Add New FAQ.
On the Add New FAQ page, you can:
Add a Title for your FAQ.
Enter the Description (the content of the FAQ).
Organize your FAQs by assigning Categories.
Once you've filled out the necessary information, click Publish.
(2) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Description in FAQ Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Description in FAQ Page, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > FAQ Page.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle and Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the No of FAQ Display in Category in FAQ Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the No of FAQ Display in Category in FAQ Page, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > FAQ Page.
Here, you can manage the No of FAQ Display in Category by using the Slider.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to display the Tab in FAQ Section.
252. Mega Mart Lite Widget Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Widget of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Widgets from Dashboard ?"
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets.
On the Widgets pages ,you can add widgets by simply dragging and dropping them into various areas such as the Header Widget Areas, Sidebar Widget Area ,Footer 1 & others.
Once you have added your desired widgets to the appropriate areas, click Save to apply the changes.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Widgets from Customizer ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the widgets, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Widgets.
Once you've reached here, you will find various areas such as Header Widget Area First , Footer Widget Area 1 , Footer Widget Area 2 & others.
You can choose any of those areas where you would like to add the Widget.
After reaching here click on Add a Widget button.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select a widget of your choice by clicking on it.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: When adding Widgets from the Customizer, you may not see all available widget areas, such as the Sidebar Widget Area, WooCommerce Widget Area, and others. To access all widget areas, we recommend adding widgets directly from the Dashboard for a complete list of options.
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Product =>> Add New =>> Make a Product Page and Follow Some Steps:- 1. Enter Product Name, Upload Product Image, Category, and Tag.
2. Below the product description is the linked product tab, click on it Add
3. After Click Linked Product Tab, You Can Add Related products.
Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Custom Related Product Setting?
You will find the setting to the related product title, column, and section hide/show here
Login to Your Site to Dashboard, Storely options=>> Related Product =>> View More Then Click Save Change Button.
255. Flossy Pro 404 Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the 404 Page of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Description & Button in 404 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Description & Button in 404 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > 404 Page.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle , Description & Button.
Click Publish when you're done.
256. Blog Setup in a Frontpage?
=>> How to Add Blog Section Title and Hide/Show Category Filter?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Pages=>> Add New =>> Enter Title "Blog" then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage Blog Column Setting?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Blog Section=>> Content=>> Select Column=>> Select the Predefine Column Setting 2 column, 3 column, 4 column
then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I have more or less Blog shows?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Blog Section=>> Content=>> No of Blog Display=>> Enter the value of the number of Blog you want to show then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I put read more buttons on all blogs at once?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Blog Section=>> Content=>> Click The Checkbox Enable Excerpt then Excerpt Length, Excerpt More Enter 3 Dots ... Click Check Box Enable Read More Button and Enter Button Title Then Click Publish Button and Save Your Change.
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the CTA Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Section Title , Description , Button and Background Image in CTA Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title , Description, Button and Background Image in CTA Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > CTA Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Description , Button and Background Image .
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
258. Mega Mart Pro Footer Marquee Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Footer Marquee Section of the Slider Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Footer Marquee Content in Footer Marquee Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Marquee Content in Footer Marquee Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Footer Marquee Section.
Open the FMarquee Toggle to manage the Footer Marquee content such as Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Footer Marquee Direction in Footer Marquee Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Marquee Direction in Footer Marquee Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Footer Marquee Section.
Scroll down until you see the Sliding Direction dropdown.
Open the dropdown to choose the Sliding Direction.
Click Publish when you're done.
259. Flossy Pro Contact Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Contact Page of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Contact info Section title and Contact info contents in Contact Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact info Section Title and Contact info widget, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Here, you can enter the Contact Info Section Title by typing in the field.
Open the Contact Info toggle to manage the Contact Info contents such as Title, Subtitle, and Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/ShowSection is checked if you want to display the Section.
(2) How to manage the Social Icons in Contact Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Social Icons in Contact Info Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the Social Icons section and open the Social Icons toggle to manage the Social Icons in the Contact Info section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Background Image in Contact Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Backround Image in Contact Info Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the Image Section. From here, you can manage the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Contact Map Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Map section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT MAP SECTION. From here, you can enter the Map Link.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Section is checked if you want to display the Section.
(5) How to Manage the Contact Form Section?
Before understanding how to manage the Contact Form Section, let's first learn how to create and generate the shortcode for the Contact Form.
Creating Contact Form and Generating Shortcode
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create a contact form and generate a shortcode, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Contact > Add New.
On the Add New Contact Form page, you can add the title of the form, manage the form labels, etc.
Click Save when you're done.
After saving the new form, a shortcode will be generated. Copy it, as it will be required in the Customizer when managing the contact form section.
Note: The shortcode for a new form will only be generated once you have saved the new form, so make sure to save the form first.
Reminder: You can't create a form and generate a shortcode without installing and activating the Contact Form 7 plugin, so make sure to install and activate this plugin.
Tip: If you are unfamiliar with Contact Form 7 and its features, please go through this link to learn more about this plugin: Contact Form 7 Plugin.
Managing Contact Form Section
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Contact Form section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > Contact Page.
Scroll down until you see the CONTACT FORM SECTION. From here, you can manage the title, subtitle, and add the shortcode that you generated in the Contact Form section.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Section is checked if you want to display the Section
260. Mega Mart Pro Background Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Background Image of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Image of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Background Image.
Here, you can manage the Background Image of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
261. Service Section Setup?
=>> How to Add Service Title & Description and Link?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Post Banner Section=>> Left Content=>>Title, Description, Button Label and Link =>> Now Change the Title.
. Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I use an image instead of an icon?
Yes, You Can follow this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Service=>> Select Your icon and image
and add link then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Manage Service Column?
Yes You Can follows this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage=>> Service=>> Select Column=>> Select Prebuild Column settings then click publish Button.
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Slider Section of the Flossy Pro theme, . This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slider Type in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Type in the Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Slider Section.
Here, you will find the Slider Type dropdown , in which you can select the Slider Type of your choice .
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slide Title , Subtitle , Description , Button Label and Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide Title , Subtitle , Description , Button Label and Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle.
Once the toggle is opened, you can manage the Slide Title, Subtitle, Description, Button Label, and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Overlay , Slider Speed , Loop , Autoplay , Title color & Subtitle Color in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Overlay , Slider Speed , Loop , Autoplay , Title color & Subtitle Color in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Slider Section.
Here, you have to scroll down till Overlay Enable? .
Once you have reached here you can manage Overlay , Slider Speed , Loop , Autoplay , Title color & Subtitle Color.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Overlay Enable? is checked if you want to display the Overlay.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
263. Blog Page Setup?
=>> How to Make Blog Page?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Pages=>> Add New=>> Enter Page Name=>> Click Now Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Assign Blog Page on Page Template?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Pages=>> Setting=>> Reading=>> Select Static Page=>> Select Post Page “Blog” Then Click Save Change Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Assign Blog Masonry Page Category?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Your Site Go to Dashboard, Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Blog Page=>> Blog Masonry=>> Select category for Blog Masonry Page=>> Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Make Blog Sticky?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Login Site, Go to Dashboard Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Blog Page=>> Blog Sticky=>> 1. You Select Default Page Layout
2. Add Sticky Content
3. Select Background Color
Click Pubish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
264. Flossy Lite Blog Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Blog Section of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20290/
(1) How to manage the Section Title & No. of Blog Display in Blog Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & No. of Blog Display in Blog Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & No. of Blog Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
265. Flossy Pro Testimonial Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Testimonial Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Image in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Testimonial Section.
Here, In the Background Image Section you can manage the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Client's name , designation , description & image in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Client's name , designation , description & image in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Testimonial Section.
Here, Open the Testimonial Toggle to manage the Client's name , designation , description & image .
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
266. Mega Mart Pro Product Three Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Product Three Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the Product Three section, you need to have products created. If you haven’t created any products yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20584/
Reminder: Ensure the WooCommerce plugin is activated. Without it, the Products option and Product Four section won’t appear, and you won’t be able to access the related settings.
(1) How to manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title in Product Three Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title in Product Three Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Three Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Title , Subtitle , Time , Button and Section title.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Banner One Content in Product Three Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner One Content in Product Three Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Three Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER ONE Section.
From here you can manage the Banner One Content such as Title , Text , Text 2 and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Banner Two Content in Product Three Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Two Content in Product Three Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Three Section.
Scroll down until you see the BANNER TWO Section.
From here you can manage the Banner Two Content such as Title , Text , Text 2 and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(4) How to manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product Three Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No. of product display in Product Three Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Product Three Section.
After reaching here scroll down until you see the CONTENT Section.
From here you can manage the Filter Tab , Select Column , Select Category and No.of Product Display
Click Publish when you're done.
267. Flossy Lite Product Setup
In this article, you'll learn how to create and manage products in the Flossy Lite theme. This guide will help you set up product entries in the WordPress Dashboard, ensuring they are ready for display across different product sections on your website. Whether you're adding new items to your store or updating existing ones, these steps will provide you with everything you need to manage your products effectively.
(1) How to Create the Products in the Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create Products in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Products > Add New.
Enter the Product Title and Product Description.
Set the Product Price.
Add a Product Image and create a Product Gallery if needed.
Assign the product to relevant Product Categories and add Product Tags.
Fill in any additional product details as needed.
Click Publish to save your product.
Reminder: Make sure the WooCommerce plugin is activated, as the Products option won’t appear until WooCommerce is active.
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing Products of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WooCommerce Products, please refer to this article:
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Banner Section of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Banner Header and Main Content in Banner Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Header and Main Content in the Banner Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Banner Section.
From the HEADER option , you can manage the Price Amount , Price Unit , Price Text and Text.
In the MAIN CONTENT, you can manage the Title and Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Show/Hide is checked if you want to display the Banner Section.
(2) How to manage the Image and Background Image in Banner Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Image and Background Image in the Banner Section , follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Banner Section.
Scroll down until you see the Image option , you can set the Image here.
From the Background Image option , you can set the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
269. How Manage Custom Section?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Custom Section
Enter Title and Enter Custom Html then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
270. Flossy Pro Blog 3 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Blog Section 3 of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section 3, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20220
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Blog Section 3 ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Blog Section 3, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section 3.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & Description in Blog Section 3.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Blog Column , No of Blog Display & Excerpt More in Blog Section 3?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Blog Column , No of Blog Display & Excerpt More in Blog Section 3, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section 3.
Open the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns for the blog layout.
Use the No of Blogs Display slider to adjust how many blog posts are shown.
To manage "Excerpt More" text, enter your preferred text in the Excerpt More field..
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure that the checkboxes labeled Hide/Show Tab and Enable Excerpt are checked if you want to display the tabs and excerpts.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
271. Header Section Setup For Aromatic and his Child Themes?
Site Identity
=>> How To Upload Logo?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity Upload Logo Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How to Manage Site Title & Tagline?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Site Title and Tagline =>> Add Your Site Title and Tagline Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How Manage Your Logo Width?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Logo Width, Drag and manage Logo Width Then Click Publish Button
=>> How Manage Hide/Show Site Title and Tagline?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Click Check Box and Hide/Show Then Click Publish Button
=>> How To Upload Site Icon?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Select Site Icon =>> Upload image Then Click Publish Button
3 Step Given Screenshot For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>>How Manage Site Title & Tagline Font Size?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Typography =>> Add title & Description Font Size =>>Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Header Type
=>> How Select Type of Header?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Type Header =>> Select Header and Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> How Manage Header Links?
Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header =>> Click Check box manage Hide Show and Upload Icon or Change Content Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Can I Change and i Add more Social Icon?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header =>> Social Icon You can hide/show social icon widget by clicking on checkbox, write title below it, add icon link, you can select icon and if you want to remove icon then red color text click on delete social icon and click on add new field tab and choose new icon then Click Publish Button
=>> Can i Manage Navigation Right side Area icon Hide/Show?
Yes of course, Login Site, go to Dashboard, Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header Navigation =>> Click Checkbox and Manage Hide/Show Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Sticky Header
can i turn sticky header on and off:-
Yes Why not, Login Site, Go to Dashboard, Appearance =>>Customizer =>> Header =>> Sticky Header > Click Checkbox Hide/show Sticky Header Then Click Publish Button
For more help see the attachment given below:-
272. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 2 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Frontpage 2 of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slide Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slide Align & Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide Subtitle, Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slider Align & Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide Subtitle, Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slider Align & Image,
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slider Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Slider Section.
Open the Slide toggle and scroll down until you see the Subtitle Color/Color2 and Description Color/Color3.
Adjust the colors as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Slider Section.
Here, you have to scroll down till you see the Autoplay ? & Slider Speed option.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Autoplay ? is checked if you want to enable the Autoplay.
(4) How to manage the Select Column ,Select Category , No' of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Category Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category , No. of Products Display & Animation Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Banner Content in Banner 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Content in Banner 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Banner 2 Section.
Open the Banner2 toggle to manage the Banner content such as Title , Subtitle , Description , Button Label & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Feature Product Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Feature Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(8) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deals Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Deal Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Product Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(9) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Deal Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(10) How to manage the Banner Content in Banner Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Content in Banner Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Banner Section.
Here, you will find multiple Content Options such as FIRST CONTENT, SECOND CONTENT, THIRD CONTENT, and so on.
You can manage the Banner Content, including Image, Text, and more, for each content block individually.
You can add or modify up to six Banner Content blocks as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(11) How to manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Funfact Section.
Open the Funfact toggle to manage the Funfact content such as Title , Description & Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(12) How to manage the Select Column & Background Image in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column and Background Image in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Funfact Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column & Background Image option.
From here you can manage the Column and Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(13) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Recent News Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Recent News Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Recent News Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Recent News Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(14) How to manage the Select category for news , No of News Display & Newsletter Content in Recent News Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Category for news , No of New Display & Newsletter Content in Recent News Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Recent News Section.
After reaching here, from the CONTENT section, you can manage the Select Category for News & No of News Display.
From the NEWSLETTER CONTENT , you can manage the Newsletter Content such as Title , Subtitle & Text.
Click Publish when you're done.
(15) How to manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Call To Action Section.
Here you can manage the Call To Action content such as Title , Description , Discount text , Button Label & Image
Click Publish when you're done.
(16) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Trending Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(17) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Trending Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(18) How to manage the Week Deal Content in Week Deal Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Week Deal Content in Weak Deal Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Week Deal Section.
From here you can manage the Week Deal Content such as Section Title , Section Subtitle , Title , Subtitle , Time Left , Product Price and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(19) How to manage the Background Image and Image in Week Deal Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image and Image in Week Deal Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Week Deal Section.
Scroll down until you see the Background Image and Image option.
From here you can manage the Background Image and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(20) How to manage Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Testimonial Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section title and Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(21) How to manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Testimonial Section.
Open the Testimonial toggle to manage the Testimonial content such as Title , Subtitle , Description & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(22) How to manage the Sponsor Image and Column in Sponsor Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sponsor Image and Column in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 2 > Sponsor Section.
Open the Sponsor toggle to manage the Sponsor Image.
Below the Sponsor toggles, you will find the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
273. Flossy Pro Menu Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Menu of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Menu from Dashboard ?
Before we move forward, it's important to note that menus can be added in two primary locations within our theme: the Header and the Footer. We will first explore how to manage the menu in the header, followed by instructions for the footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, you will find various options for managing your menus. We will discuss these options in detail below.
Setting Up Your Menu
To set up your menu, follow these steps:
In the Menu Name field, enter a title of your choice for the menu.
Select Primary Menu by checking the checkbox.
Click Create Menu when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Save Menu when you're done to apply your changes.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the footer menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, in the Menu Structure section, enter a title of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Create Menu button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
(2) How to manage Menu from Customizer ?
Just like in the Dashboard Menu, you can also create menus in the Customizer for both the Header and Footer. We will first learn about managing the Header menu and then the Footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Primary Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Publish when you're done.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the Footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing menus of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress menus, please refer to this article: https://codex.wordpress.org/WordPress_Menu_User_Guide.
274. Privacy Page Setup?
=>> How to Caate Privacy Policy Page in Page Template?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Go to Dashboard, Pages=>> Add New=>> Enter Title=>> Select Page Template " Privacy Policy "
and Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
=>> Privacy Policy Page Customizer Settings?
Yes You Can, follows this Article
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Privacy Page
Follow This Article
1. How to Add Title?
Go to Appearance>Customizer>Page Template>Privacy Page>Enter Title and Click Publish Button.
2. How to Select FAQ category?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Privacy Page=>> Content=>> Select FAQ category and Click Publish Button.
3. How to Set Column?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Privacy Page=>> Column you want and Click Publish Button.
4. No of FAQ Display in Category?
Go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> Page Template=>> Privacy Page=>> Enter as many FAQs as you want and Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Note:- You can easily createTerm & Conditionandrefund Policypage by following this article
275. Retailsy Premium – 3 Banner Box Setup
1.How to Setup & Manage Banner Section?
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpage Section => Banner Section
If You Want To manage Banner Section as you can See in Given Below Image
You can Change & Customize banner Box Image, Title, Description and Button.
2.How to Change Column Setting of Banner Section.
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpage Section => Banner Section
In Customizer Settings of Banner Section you Can see at the bottom of the settings Select Column Option.
Click To change the column Setting for Banner Section.
276. Retailsy Free – Blog /Post Setup
1. How to Create New Blog Post?
Go to WP Menu => Post => Click on Add New Post
First go, to Go to WP Menu => Post => Click on Add New Post
from there you can post article.
Add title and description, you can add more by clicking on the ( + ) icon.
Add an image by clicking on the featured image.
create categories by clicking on Category and creating tags by clicking on tags].
2. How to assign Blog page as post page?
Go to WP Menu => Settings => Reading => Click on Reading => Reading Settings
Assuming you already have a page named “Blog”, for the Front page display, select “A static page” and choose your “Blog” page as the Posts page.
3.How Can I Manage Number Of Blogs From Customizer?
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpage Section => Blog Section
Here You Can Manage Number of Blogs & Blog Title From Customizer.
As You Can See In given Below Image.
277. How to Manage Frontpage2 Slider Section?
We have given a very easy Customizer setting, using which you can easily set up the slider.
Front Page Section
Slider Setup
=>>How to Manage Slider Content?
You will login to your site and follow the location
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage 2 =>> Slider Section =>> Content =>> Slide, After Click, Slide menu Fill Title, Subtitles, Description, Buttons Label, and Links, Slider Align & Choose Image Upload, Click you Can Delete Slide and Click Add New Button Add New Slides Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Add Images on Slider
=>>Can I Manage Slider Content Color?
Go to Dashboard Appearance =>> Frontpage2 =>> Slider Section =>> Slider Colors =>> Select Title, Subtitle, Price color Change Then Click Publish Button.
Slider Content Color Change and Setting to add more than three sliders setting available in the premium version Aromatic Pro
You will login to your site and follow the location
278. Retailsy Premium – Homepage/Frontpage Setup
Go to WP Menu => Pages => Add New => Click on Add New
Now create a page name whatever you wish to create, you have to name it.
You can now see a Template option on the right side of your page. select the Homepage Template in the template list and this is the page you will see.
How to setup Home page?
1. How to assign Home page as Front page?
Go to WP Menu => Settings => Reading => Click on Reading => Reading Settings
Assuming you already have a page named “Front Page”, for the Front page display, select “A static page” and choose your “Home 1” page as the home page.
279. How to Make Info Section?
How to Manage Info Section Hide/Show?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Info Sections =>>Settings =>> Click Check box and Manage Hide/show.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Info Section Title, Description, And Links?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>> Info Sections =>>Content =>> Enter Title, Description, and Link.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Info Section Icon?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>> Info Sections =>>Content =>> Choose icon and Select Icon you Want .
If you want to add info then click on add new information and if you want to add more than four then buy the premium version
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Info Section Image?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>> Info Sections =>>Content =>> Choose image and Upload Image you Want .
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
280. Retailsy Free Header Topbar Setup
If You Want to Setup Header topbar For Retailsy Free Theme.
Just Follow some steps : –
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Widgets => Header Widget Area 1
Here you can see how can you customize Header Top bar Widgets From Customizer.
In Given Below Image You can See Left Side Widget Customizer Settings, So you can Change Setting or Manage As you Want.
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Widgets => Header Widget Area 2
If you Want to manage or Change Right Side Widgets Area Social icons As You Can See in Given Below Image How you can do Changes on Social Icon widget area.
281. Product Section Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Front Page Sections =>> Product Section =>> Enter Section Title, Click Checkbox and Content Hide Show, Select Product Columns, Select Category and Select No of Products Display then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
282. I bought Feauty Pro theme but got Aromatic Pro theme, Why ?
Step1:- Change Header Type
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Customize =>> Header =>> Header Type =>> Select Header1 Then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Step2:- Change Theme Color
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Style Configurator =>>Theme Color =>> Color Type =>> Select Custom Color =>> Fill Your Primary Ayroma Color Code #88af0c Then Click Publish Button
283. Storely Theme Installation
How to install Storely Woo commerce Theme ?
You can install Storely in two very easy ways.
Option:- 1
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Themes =>> Add New and search for Storely. Install and activate it.
Option:- 2
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>> Themes =>> Add New =>> Upload Theme Your pc Location and Install and activate it.
Now your Storely Woo commerce theme is installed.
Thanks Reading this Article
284. Flossy Pro Blog Post Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to create a blog post in the Flossy Pro theme using the WordPress Dashboard. Blog posts are a key part of your site's content, and creating them is the first step before configuring the Blog Section in the Customizer. This guide will walk you through the process of adding blog content to ensure it displays correctly on your site.
(1) How to Create a Blog Post in the Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create a blog post in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Posts > Add New.
On the Add New Post page, you can create your blog post by entering the following:
Title
Subtitle
Add a Read More button
Select a Featured Image
Assign relevant Tags and Categories
Once you've completed the content, click Publish to make your blog post live
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing blogs of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress Posts , please refer to this article: https://wordpress.com/support/posts/
285. Mega Mart Pro Typography Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Typography of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Body Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Body Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Body Typography.
Here, you can manage the Body Typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Family, Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Headings Typography in Typography ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Headings Typography in Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Typography > Headings Typography.
In the H1 section, you can manage headings typography by adjusting various font attributes such as Font Family, Font Size, Line Height, Letter Spacing, Font Weight, Font Style, Text Transform, and Text Decoration.
You can do the same for H2 ,H3, H4 ,H5 & H6 by simply scrolling down.
Click Publish when you're done.
286. Mega Mart Pro 404 Page Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the 404 Page of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Title , Subtitle ,Description & Button Label in 404 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Title , Subtitle , Description & Button Label in 404 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Page Templates > 404 Page.
Here, you can manage the 404 Page content such as Title , Subtitle , Description and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
287. Deal of the Day Section Setup Frontpage2?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage2 =>> Deal of the Day Section =>> Left Content =>> Enter Title, Button Label, Link and Offer Text Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Left Box Timer, Right Product Category, and No of Display Product
288. How to Manage Slider Section?
How to Manage Slider Section Hide/Show?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Slider Section =>> Click Check box and Manage Hide/show.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Slider Section Content?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Sections =>>Slider Section =>> Enter Title, Subtitle, Subtitle2, Description, Button Label, Link.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
Select Slider Align, Upload Background Image, Sub Image If you want to add a new slide, click on Add New Slider Tab.
If you want more than 3 sliders then you have to purchase the premium version
289. How to Add Free Shipping Bar?
Step1- Follow Gif:-
Login Your Site, go to Dashboard, Storely Options=>> Free Shipping Bar=>> View More and Manage Setting Acording to Screenshot
after Make Bundle Click Publish Button.
See screenshots
290. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 4 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Frontpage 4 of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slide title , Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slide Align & Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slide Align & Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide title, Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slider Align & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slide Title , Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide Title , Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Slider Section.
Open the Slide toggle and scroll down until you see the Title Color/Color , Subtitle Color/Color2 and Description Color/Color3.
Adjust the colors as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Slider Section.
Here, you have to scroll down till you see the Autoplay ? & Slider Speed option.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Autoplay ? is checked if you want to enable the Autoplay.
(4) How to manage the Select Column ,Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Category Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Service Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Service Content in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Service Content in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Service Section.
Open the Service toggle to manage the Service content such as Title , Description & Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Columns in Service Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Columns in Service Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Service Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column dropdown.
Open the dropdown and choose the number of columns you want to display.
Click Publish when you're done.
(8) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Feature Product Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(9) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Feature Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(10) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Deal Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(11) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Deal Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(12) How to manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Funfact Section.
Open the Funfact toggle to manage the Funfact content such as Title , Description & Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(13) How to manage the Column and Background Image in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column and Background Image in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Funfact Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column & Background Image option.
From here you can manage the Column and Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(14) How to manage the Banner Content in Banner Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Content in Banner Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Banner Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Banner content such as Title , Subtitle , Button Label & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(15) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Trending Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(16) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Trending Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
(17) How to manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Call To Action Section.
Here you can manage the Call To Action content such as Title , Description , Discount text , Button Label & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(18) How to manage the Week Deal Content in Week Deal Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Week Deal Content in Weak Deal Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Week Deal Section.
From here you can manage the Week Deal Content such as Section Title , Section Subtitle , Title , Subtitle , Time Left , Product Price and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(18) How to manage the Background Image and Image in Week Deal Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image and Image in Week Deal Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Week Deal Section.
Scroll down until you see the Background Image and Image option.
From here you can manage the Background Image and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(19) How to manage Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Testimonial Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section title and Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(20) How to manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Testimonial Section.
Open the Testimonial toggle to manage the Testimonial content such as Title , Subtitle , Description & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(21) How to manage the Column in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial Column in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Testimonial Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column dropdown to manage the Column.
Click Publish when you're done.
(22) How to manage the Sponsors Image and Column in Sponsor Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sponsor Image and Column in Sponsor Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 4 > Sponsor Section.
Open the Sponsortoggle to manage Gallery Image.
Below the Sponsor toggles, you will find the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
291. Testimonial Section Setup Frontpage2?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section 2 =>> Testimonial Section =>> Content =>> Enter Section Title and Description then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Testimonial Content Setup?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage Section2 =>> Testimonial Section =>> Content =>> Enter Title, Subtitle, Subtitle2, Description, Link, Upload Image, and If you want to delete the Testimonial box click on the delete Testimonial line and if you want to increase the Testimonial box then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
292. Pet Bazaar Pro Frontpage 1 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Frontpage 1 of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Slide Subtitle , Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slide Align & Image in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide Subtitle, Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slider Align & Image in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Slider Section.
Here, open the Slide toggle to manage the Slide Subtitle, Subtitle 2 , Button Label , Button Label second , Slider Align & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Slide Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slide Subtitle & Description Color in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Slider Section.
Open the Slide toggle and scroll down until you see the Subtitle Color/Color2 and Description Color/Color3.
Adjust the colors as needed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed in Slider Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Slider Section.
Here, you have to scroll down till you see the Autoplay ? & Slider Speed option.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Slider Autoplay & Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Autoplay ? is checked if you want to enable the Autoplay.
(4) How to manage the Select Column ,Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed in Category Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Category Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category , No of Products Display & Animation Speed.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Banner Content in Banner 2 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Content in Banner 2 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate toAppearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Banner 2 Section.
Open the Banner2 toggle to manage the Banner content such as Title , Subtitle , Description , Button Label & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Feature Product Section.
Here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Feature Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Feature Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(8) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deals Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Deal Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Deals Product Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(9) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Deal Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Deal Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/ShowTab is checked if you want to Enable the Filter Tab.
(10) How to manage the Banner Content in Banner Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner Content in Banner Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Banner Section.
Open the Banner toggle to manage the Banner content such as Title , Subtitle , Button Label & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(11) How to manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Subtitle in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Trending Product Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section Title & Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(12) How to manage the Select Column , Select category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Select Column , Select Category & No of Products Display in Trending Product Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Trending Product Section.
Once you have reached here you can manage the Select Column , Select Category & No. of Products Display.
Click Publish when you're done.
(13) How to manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Call To Action content in Call To Action Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Call To Action Section.
Here you can manage the Call To Action content such as Title , Description , Discount text , Button Label & Image
Click Publish when you're done.
(14) How to manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Funfact content in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Funfact Section.
Open the Funfact toggle to manage the Funfact content such as Title , Description & Icon
Click Publish when you're done.
(15) How to manage the Column and Background Image in Funfact Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column and Background Image in Funfact Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Funfact Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column & Background Image option.
From here you can manage the Column and Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(16) How to manage the Background Image in Work Process Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image in Work Process Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Work Process Section.
Here from the Background Image option you can manage the Background Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(17) How to manage the Work Process content and Columns in Work Process Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Work Process content and Columns in Work Process Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Work Process Section.
Open the Work Process toggle to manage the Work Process content such as Title & Icon.
Below the Work Process toggles, you will find the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
(18) How to manage the Week Deal Content in Week Deal Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Week Deal Content in Week Deal Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Week Deal Section.
From here you can manage the Week Deal Content such as Section Title , Section Subtitle , Title , Subtitle , Time Left , Product Price and Button Label.
Click Publish when you're done.
(19) How to manage the Background Image and Image in Week Deal Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image and Image in Week Deal Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Week Deal Section.
Scroll down until you see the Background Image and Image option.
From here you can manage the Background Image and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(20) How to manage the Banner 4 content in Banner 4 Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Banner 4 content in Banner 4 Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Banner 4 Section.
From here you can manage the Banner 4 content such as Title , Subtitle , Button Label and Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(21) How to manage Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section title and Subtitle in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Testimonial Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Section title and Subtitle.
Click Publish when you're done.
(22) How to manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Testimonial content in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Testimonial Section.
Open the Testimonial toggle to manage the Testimonial content such as Name , Designation , Description & Image.
Click Publish when you're done.
(23) How to manage the Column in Testimonial Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column in Testimonial Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Testimonial Section.
Scroll down until you see the Select Column dropdown to manage the Columns .
Click Publish when you're done.
(24) How to manage the Blog Content in Blog Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Blog Content in Blog Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Blog Section.
After reaching here you can manage the Blog Content such as Section Title , Subtitle ,Select Category for Blog , Select Column , No of Blog Display & Enable Excerpt.
Click Publish when you're done.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide : https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20412/
(25) How to manage the Gallery Image and Column in Gallery Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Gallery Image and Column in Gallery Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage 1 > Gallery Section.
Open the Gallery toggle to manage the Gallery Image.
Below the Gallery toggles, you will find the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
293. Flossy Pro Blog 2 Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Blog Section 2 of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
Important: Before you can manage the blog section 2, you need to have blog posts created. If you haven’t created any blog posts yet, please follow this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20220
(1) How to manage the Section Title & Description in Blog Section 2 ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title & Description in Blog Section 2, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section 2.
Here, you can manage the Section Title & Description.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Blog Column , No of Blog Display & Excerpt More in Blog Section 2 ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Blog Column , No of Blog Display & Excerpt More in Blog Section 2, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Blog Section 2.
Open the Select Column dropdown to manage the number of columns for the blog layout.
Use the No of Blogs Display slider to adjust how many blog posts are shown.
To manage "Excerpt More" text, enter your preferred text in the Excerpt More field..
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Tab is checked if you want to display the Tab.
Please note that some of the frontpage sections are only available in specific homepage templates. If you don't see a particular section in your chosen template, it may not be included. To better understand how each frontpage section is arranged in the different homepage templates, please refer to this guide: https://sellerthemes.ticksy.com/article/20241/
294. Deal of the Day Section Setup Frontpage3?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage3 =>> Deal of the Day Section =>> Left Content =>> Enter Title, Description then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage3 =>> Deal of the Day Section =>> Left Content =>> Enter Button Label, Link, Set Time for Countdown Timer, Select Product Column, Category, No of Display Product then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
295. Mega Mart Lite General Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Top Scoller , Sidebar and Page Breadcrumb of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Top Scroller in General?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Top Scroller in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Top Scroller.
Here, you can manage the Top Scroller by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show Scroller option.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(2) How to manage the Sidebar in General?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Sidebar.
Open the Default Page Sidebar Option dropdown.
Select your preferred Option from the Dropdown.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(3) How to manage the Sidebar Width and Widget Font Size in General?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar Width and Widget Font Size in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Sidebar.
Scroll down until you see the OPTIONS.
From here you can set the Sidebar Width using the Slider.
In the TYPOGRAPHY option , you can manage the Font Size using the Slider.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(4) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Enable the checkbox labeled Hide/Show Section is checked if you want to display the Section.
From the BACKGROUND option , you can set the Background Image.
Click Publish when you’re done.
296. Flossy Pro Custom Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Custom Section of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) What is a Custom Section ?
Before we move on to setting up the Custom Section, let's first understand what a Custom Section is.
Custom Section:
A Custom Section is an area within the theme where users can add their own content, such as text, HTML, images, or other media. It allows for greater flexibility, enabling you to personalize this section based on your needs.
Now that we’ve covered the explanation part, let’s learn how to enable the Custom Section in the theme by following these steps:
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
How to Enable the Custom Section
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Sections Reorder.
Scroll down until you see the Custom Section.
Click on the eye icon next to the Custom Section to enable it.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Custom Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Section Title ,Subtitle & Description in Custom Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Custom Section.
Here, you can manage the Section Title , Subtitle & Description in Custom Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Content in Custom Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the content in the Custom Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage Sections > Custom Section.
Here, click on Edit below the Content area.
An editor will open, where you can add any content such as HTML, text, pictures, and more.
Click Publish when you're done.
297. How to Customize Header Section?
How to Upload Logo?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Upload Logo And if you want to show text logo then write your content in Site Title, tagline.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Upload Site Icon?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Site Identity =>> Upload Site Icon.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Header Contact Details and Icon?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header =>> Support =>> Click Check and Manage Hide/Show and Enter Icon Code ja-customer-support and Content Manage Section.
After making changes click on publish button to save your changes
How to Manage Header Button and Social Icon?
Login Your WordPress Dashboard, goto Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header =>> Click Check and Manage Hide/Show and Enter Button Text and Link and Click Social icon Check box and Manage Hide/Show.
How to Manage Social Icon?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header =>> Enter Icon Link and Select icon and you want to add more icons Please Click add More Social Tab. If you want to add more than four icons then you have to purchase a premium version.
How to Manage Header Navigation cart and Search?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Header Navigation =>> Click the Check Box and Manage Hide/Show.
How to Manage Sticky Header?
Login to Your WordPress Dashboard, go to Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Header =>> Sticky Header =>> Click the Check Box and Manage Hide/Show.
298. Mega Mart Lite Background Image Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Background Image of the Mega Mart Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Background Image of the Theme ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Background Image of the Theme, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Background Image.
Here, you can manage the Background Image of the Theme.
Click Publish when you're done.
299. Mega Mart Pro Info Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Info Section of the Mega Mart Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Info content in Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Info content in Info Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Info Section.
Open the Info toggle to manage the content such as Title , Subtitle and Icon.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Column in Info Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Column in Info Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Frontpage > Info Section.
Open the Columns dropdown and select the desired number of columns.
Click Publish when you're done.
300. Product Section Frontpage Section2?
Login Your Site, Dashboard Appearance =>> Customizer =>> Frontpage2 Sections =>> Product Section =>> Enter Section Title, Select Product Columns, Select Category and Select No of Products Display then Click Publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
301. Info Section Setup Frontpage2?
=>> How to Add Info Title & Description and Link?
You absolutely can follow this Article go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage2 =>> Info Section =>> Content =>> Enter Title, Description, Link Now Change the Title.
Then Click Publish Button.
=>> Can I use an image instead of an icon?
Yes, You Can follow this Article
go to Appearance=>> Customizer=>> FrontPage2=>> Info Section =>> Select Your icon and image
and add a link then click publish Button.
For more help see the attachment given below:-
Image
Info Section Column Setting
302. Pet Bazaar Pro Menu Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Menu of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage Menu from Dashboard ?
Before we move forward, it's important to note that menus can be added in two primary locations within our theme: the Header and the Footer. We will first explore how to manage the menu in the header, followed by instructions for the footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, you will find various options for managing your menus. We will discuss these options in detail below.
Setting Up Your Menu
To set up your menu, follow these steps:
In the Menu Name field, enter a title of your choice for the menu.
Select Primary Menu by checking the checkbox.
Click Create Menu when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Save Menu when you're done to apply your changes.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the footer menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menus.
On the Menus page, in the Menu Structure section, enter a title of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Create Menu button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
In the Add Menu Items section, open the Pages toggle.
Select the pages you would like to add to your menu by checking the corresponding checkboxes.
Once you have selected the pages, click on the Add to Menu button.
After adding the pages, click on the Save Menu button to save your changes.
(2) How to manage Menu from Customizer ?
Just like in the Dashboard Menu, you can also create menus in the Customizer for both the Header and Footer. We will first learn about managing the Header menu and then the Footer.
(a) How to Manage the Header Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Primary Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Primary Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the header section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
Creating Dropdown in your Menu
To create a dropdown in your menu, follow these steps:
Select the pages that you wish to include as dropdown items.
Position these pages directly beneath the parent page under which you want them to appear.
Drag the selected pages slightly to the right; this will nest them under the parent page, creating the dropdown effect.
Click Publish when you're done.
Tip: Ensure that the parent page is already added to the menu to effectively create a dropdown.
(b) How to Manage the Footer Menu
Setting Up Your Menu
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the header menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customizer.
On the Customizer Page, go to Menus.
Click on Create New Menu.
Enter a name of your choice in the Menu Name field.
Check the Footer Menu option to select it.
Click the Next button when you're done.
Note: Ensure you have checked the Footer Menu option. If you create your menu without enabling this checkbox, the menu will not appear in the Footer section.
Adding Pages to Your Menu
To add pages to your menu, follow these steps:
After clicking the Next button, click on Add Items.
A sidebar will appear, allowing you to select the pages you'd like to add from Pages.
Click on the Plus (+) icon next to the pages you wish to include in your menu.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to create Mega Menu in Dashboard ?
Mega Menu is one of the latest features we have started providing in our new themes. A Mega Menu is an advanced type of dropdown menu that gives you the flexibility to display multiple columns of links, images, or other content in a large panel. It helps organize complex navigation structures in a clean, user-friendly layout allowing you to add even more elements than a standard menu.
Now we will look at how to create the Mega Menu in our Theme.
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create the Mega Menu, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Menu
On the Menu page, go to the top-right corner and click the dropdown labeled Screen Options.
Enable the CSS Classes checkbox under “Show advanced menu properties.”
Next, add any type of Menu Item (e.g., Page, Custom Links, Posts, etc.) to the menu.
Open the Menu Item toggle where you want to enable the Mega Menu.
In the CSS Classes (optional) field, enter the class name: has-mega-menu .
Click Save Menu.
Now, go to Appearance > Widgets.
On the Widgets page, you’ll notice a new Widget Area has been created on the bottom-right side of the page. Its name will be a combination of the Menu Item name + Mega Menu.
This newly created Widget Area is your Mega Menu. You can now add your own widgets here to build and customize the Mega Menu content.
Note : Before following the steps mentioned above, please ensure that you have assigned the Primary Menu to your theme. The Mega Menu functionality is available only within the Header section, and it will not work unless the menu you're editing is set as the Primary Menu. If a different menu is selected or left unassigned, the Mega Menu feature and its associated widget area will not appear or function as expected
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing menus of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress menus, please refer to this article: https://codex.wordpress.org/WordPress_Menu_User_Guide.
303. How to Add Product Sale Timer?
Login to Your Site, go to Dashboard, Product=>> Add New=>> Enter Product Title, Description, Product Images, Click Countdown and Changes Setting According Screenshot Then Click Publish Button.
304. Flossy Lite Blog Post Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to create a blog post in the Flossy Lite theme using the WordPress Dashboard. Blog posts are a key part of your site's content, and creating them is the first step before configuring the Blog Section in the Customizer. This guide will walk you through the process of adding blog content to ensure it displays correctly on your site.
(1) How to Create a Blog Post in the Dashboard ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To create a blog post in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Posts > Add New Post.
On the Add New Post page, you can create your blog post by entering the following:
Title
Subtitle
Add a Read More button
Select a Featured Image
Assign relevant Tags and Categories
Once you've completed the content, click Publish to make your blog post live
Please note that this article only covers the essential aspects of managing blogs of our theme. For a more detailed guide on WordPress Posts , please refer to this article: https://wordpress.com/support/posts/
305. I bought Storess Pro theme but got Storely Pro theme, Why ?
nothing to worry about it, Storess Pro theme is Storely child theme, you can easily convert it to Storess with 2 steps:-
Step1:- Initial
Step2:- Demo Import
Step1:- Initial:-
Step1:- Change Header Type
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Header =>>Header Type =>> Select Header3 Then Click Publish Button
Step2:- Change Slider
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Frontpage Section =>>Slider Section =>> Select Slider3 Then Click Publish Button
Step3:- Change Theme Color
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Customize =>>Style Configurator =>>Theme Color =>> Color Type =>> Select Custom Color =>> Fill Your Primary & Secondary Color Storess Color Code #D51C28, Then Click Publish Button
Now your Storess Theme is Ready to use.
Thanks Reading this Article
Step2:- Demo Import
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Install Plugins>Select all Required Plugin and Install & Activate it.
Now Start Demo Import
Login Site, Go to Dashboard =>> Appearance =>>Premade Demos> Click Import Demo Data Button Not:- Demo Importing process will take some time. Kindly be patience. Please sit tight while we import your content. Do not refresh the page or hit the back button.
306. Flossy Pro Footer Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Footer of the Flossy Pro theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to Manage Footer Widgets in the Dashboard ?
Before setting up the footer in the Customizer, it's important to know how to manage footer widgets directly from the Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Widgets in the Dashboard, follow these steps:
Ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Widgets.
In the Widgets section, you can drag and drop various widgets from the Available Widgets to the Footer 1, Footer 2, and Footer 3 widget areas.
Once you've made the necessary changes, click Save to apply them.
Tip: We recommend using the Classic Widgets plugin for a simpler and more familiar way to manage widgets. You can download it here: Classic Widgets Plugin.
(2) How to manage the Footer Type in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage Footer Type in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Type.
Open the Footer Type dropdown and select your preferred footer type from the available options.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Social Icons in Below Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Social Icons in Below Footer in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Open the Content toggle to manage the Social Icons.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note:
a. The Social Icons in the Below Footer are only available in Footer Type 2, so make sure to select this footer type first. b. Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Below Footer section
(4) How to manage the Payment Icons links and Copyright text in Below Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Payment icons and Copyright text in Below Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Below Footer.
Scroll down until you see the option to add Payment Icon Links. Use this option to add links for your payment icons.
To add Copyright Text, locate the Copyright Text field and enter your content for the Below Footer area.
Click Publish when you're done.
Note: Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to Below Footer Area.
(5) How to manage the Footer Background in Footer Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Footer Background in Footer Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Footer > Footer Background.
Here, you can manage various Background settings such as Background Image , Background Attacthment , Background Opacity & Opacity color.
Click Publish when you're done.
307. Retailsy Premium – Browse Category Setup
1.How To Create Product Category?
If You Want to Add Product Category Just Follow some Steps : –
Go to => WP Menu => Products => Categories
As You Can See in Given Below Image How you Can Create Product Categories.
2. How Can I Manage Browse Categories From Customizer ?
Firstly Check Have you Create Product Category From WP Dashborad.
If you already created product categories Just Follow some steps : –
Go to => WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Header => browse Section
As You Can see in Given Image how you can Manage Browse Category From Customizer.
308. Flossy Lite Header Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the Header Section of the Flossy Lite theme, This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Above Header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Above Header in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Above Header.
Here, you can manage the Above Header by adding contents to Widgets Left and Widget Right.
To add a title in Widget Left, simply type the name in the Title field.
To add content in Widget Right, open the Social toggle to add a Social Icon.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display Widget left.
(2) How to manage the Header Navigation in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Header Navigation in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Header Navigation.
Here, you will find the Hide/Show checkboxes for each navigation icon.
You can manage whether to display specific navigation icons by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
(3) How to manage the Sticky Header in Header Section ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sticky Header in the Header Section, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to Header > Sticky Header.
Here, you can manage the Sticky Header by enabling or disabling the Hide/Show checkbox.
Click Publish when you're done.
309. Retailsy Premium – Slider Setup
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpages Section => Slider Section
You Can manage Slider Section title, subtitle and Button.
You Can Change or Manage Title, Subtitle Colors Setting from Customizer.
Go to WP Menu => Appearance => Customize => Frontpages Section => Slider Section
In Content you can see a Upload Image option click on that Upload Image select or drag your image then click on Insert post your image will be post.
310. Pet Bazaar Pro General Setup
In this article, you’ll learn how to set up and customize the general components of the Pet Bazaar Pro theme, such as the Container , Sidebar, Top Scroller , Page Breadcrumb & Newsletter. This guide will help you configure these settings to align with your site’s branding and functionality needs.
(1) How to manage the Container in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Container in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Container.
Here, you can adjust the Container Width and the Top & Bottom Padding of the container.
Click Publish when you're done.
(2) How to manage the Sidebar Layout for different pages in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar Layout for different pages in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Sidebar.
Here, you can manage Sidebar Layouts for different pages such as Default Page, Archive Page, Single Page, etc .
Click Publish when you’re done.
(3) How to manage the Sidebar Width and Font Size in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Sidebar Width and Font Size in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Sidebar.
Scroll down until you see the OPTIONS section.
Here, you can adjust the Sidebar Width and Font Size as needed.
Click Publish when you’re done.
(4) How to manage the Top Scroller in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Top Scroller in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Top Scroller.
Here, you can enable or disable the Top Scroller using the checkbox.
You can also select a specific icon for the Top Scroller from the Scroller Icon option.
Click Publish when you're done.
(5) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Here, you can manage all the related settings for the Breadcrumb Section.
Click Publish when you're done.
(6) How to manage the Page Breadcrumb Typography in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Page Breadcrumb Typography, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Page Breadcrumb.
Here, scroll down till TYPOGRAPHY section, where you can adjust the Page Breadcrumb Typography settings.
Click Publish when you're done.
(7) How to manage the Newsletter in General ?
Before proceeding, ensure you're logged into your WordPress Dashboard.
To manage the Newsletter in General, follow these steps:
From the WordPress Dashboard, navigate to Appearance > Customize.
On the Customizer page, go to General > Newsletter.
Here, you can manage the Newsletter by adding the Cookie Expiration , Left Image , Title & Description.
Click Publish when you’re done.
Note : Ensure the checkbox labeled Hide/Show is checked if you want to display the Newsletter.
